The Kybalion

From Three Initiates, 12 Years ago, written in Plain Text.

URL http://geopaste.scratchbook.ch/view/7d3c5108

Embed

The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Kybalion, by Three Initiates

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with

almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or

re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included

with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net

Title: The Kybalion

A Study of The Hermetic Philosophy of Ancient Egypt and Greece

Author: Three Initiates

Release Date: November 29, 2004 [EBook #14209]

Language: English

*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE KYBALION ***

Produced by Tamblyne <tamblyne@digital-daybook.com>

THE KYBALION

A Study of

The Hermetic Philosophy of

Ancient Egypt and

Greece

BY

THREE INITIATES

"THE LIPS OF WISDOM ARE CLOSED, EXCEPT TO THE

EARS OF UNDERSTANDING"

1912

COPYRIGHT 1912

ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED BY

THE YOGI PUBLICATION SOCIETY

MASONIC TEMPLE

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS

ISBN 0 911662-25-1

TO

HERMES TRISMEGISTUS

KNOWN BY THE ANCIENT

EGYPTIANS AS

"THE GREAT GREAT"

AND

"MASTER OF MASTERS"

THIS LITTLE VOLUME OF HERMETIC TEACHING

IS REVERENTLY DEDICATED

Table of Contents

I. The Hermetic Philosophy

II. The Seven Hermetic Principles

1. The Principle of Mentalism

2. The Principle of Correspondence

3. The Principle of Vibration

4. The Principle of Polarity

5. The Principle of Rhythm

6. The Principle of Cause and Effect

7. The Principle of Gender

III. Mental Transmutation

IV. The All

V. The Mental Universe

VI. The Divine Paradox

VII. "The All" in All

VIII. Planes of Correspondence

IX. Vibration

X. Polarity

XI. Rhythm

XII. Causation

XIII. Gender

XIV. Mental Gender

XV. Hermetic Axioms

INTRODUCTION

We take great pleasure in presenting to the attention of students and

investigators of the Secret Doctrines this little work based upon the

world-old Hermetic Teachings. There has been so little written upon this

subject, not withstanding the countless references to the Teachings in

the many works upon occultism, that the many earnest searchers after the

Arcane Truths will doubtless welcome the appearance of this present

volume.

The purpose of this work is not the enunciation of any special

philosophy or doctrine, but rather is to give to the students a

statement of the Truth that will serve to reconcile the many bits of

occult knowledge that they may have acquired, but which are apparently

opposed to each other and which often serve to discourage and disgust

the beginner in the study. Our intent is not to erect a new Temple of

Knowledge, but rather to place in the hands of the student a Master-Key

with which he may open the many inner doors in the Temple of Mystery

through the main portals he has already entered.

There is no portion of the occult teachings possessed by the world which

have been so closely guarded as the fragments of the Hermetic Teachings

which have come down to us over the tens of centuries which have elapsed

since the lifetime of its great founder, Hermes Trismegistus, the

"scribe of the gods," who dwelt in old Egypt in the days when the

present race of men was in its infancy. Contemporary with Abraham, and,

if the legends be true, an instructor of that venerable sage, Hermes

was, and is, the Great Central Sun of Occultism, whose rays have served

to illumine the countless teachings which have been promulgated since

his time. All the fundamental and basic teachings embedded in the

esoteric teachings of every race may be traced back to Hermes. Even the

most ancient teachings of India undoubtedly have their roots in the

original Hermetic Teachings.

From the land of the Ganges many advanced occultists wandered to the

land of Egypt, and sat at the feet of the Master. From him they obtained

the Master-Key which explained and reconciled their divergent views, and

thus the Secret Doctrine was firmly established. From other lands also

came the learned ones, all of whom regarded Hermes as the Master of

Masters, and his influence was so great that in spite of the many

wanderings from the path on the part of the centuries of teachers in

these different lands, there may still be found a certain basic

resemblance and correspondence which underlies the many and often quite

divergent theories entertained and taught by the occultists of these

different lands today. The student of Comparative Religions will be able

to perceive the influence of the Hermetic Teachings in every religion

worthy of the name, now known to man, whether it be a dead religion or

one in full vigor in our own times. There is always certain

correspondence in spite of the contradictory features, and the Hermetic

Teachings act as the Great Reconciler.

The lifework of Hermes seems to have been in the direction of planting

the great Seed-Truth which has grown and blossomed in so many strange

forms, rather than to establish a school of philosophy which would

dominate, the world's thought. But, nevertheless, the original truths

taught by him have been kept intact in their original purity by a few

men each age, who, refusing great numbers of half-developed students and

followers, followed the Hermetic custom and reserved their truth for the

few who were ready to comprehend and master it. From lip to ear the

truth has been handed down among the few. There have always been a few

Initiates in each generation, in the various lands of the earth, who

kept alive the sacred flame of the Hermetic Teachings, and such have

always been willing to use their lamps to re-light the lesser lamps of

the outside world, when the light of truth grew dim, and clouded by

reason of neglect, and when the wicks became clogged with foreign

matter. There were always a few to tend faithfully the altar of the

Truth, upon which was kept alight the Perpetual Lamp of Wisdom. These

men devoted their lives to the labor of love which the poet has so well

stated in his lines:

"O, let not the flame die out! Cherished age after age

in its dark cavern--in its holy temples cherished. Fed

by pure ministers of love--let not the flame die out!"

These men have never sought popular approval, nor numbers of followers.

They are indifferent to these things, for they know how few there are in

each generation who are ready for the truth, or who would recognize it

if it were presented to them. They reserve the "strong meat for men,"

while others furnish the "milk for babes." They reserve their pearls of

wisdom for the few elect, who recognize their value and who wear them in

their crowns, instead of casting them before the materialistic vulgar

swine, who would trample them in the mud and mix them with their

disgusting mental food. But still these men have never forgotten or

overlooked the original teachings of Hermes, regarding the passing on of

the words of truth to those ready to receive it, which teaching is

stated in The Kybalion as follows: "Where fall the footsteps of the

Master, the ears of those ready for his Teaching open wide." And again:

"When the ears of the student are ready to hear, then cometh the lips to

fill them with wisdom." But their customary attitude has always been

strictly in accordance with the other Hermetic aphorism, also in The

Kybalion: "The lips of Wisdom are closed, except to the ears of

Understanding."

There are those who have criticized this attitude of the Hermetists, and

who have claimed that they did not manifest the proper spirit in their

policy of seclusion and reticence. But a moment's glance back over the

pages of history will show the wisdom of the Masters, who knew the folly

of attempting to teach to the world that which it was neither ready or

willing to receive. The Hermetists have never sought to be martyrs, and

have, instead, sat silently aside with a pitying smile on their closed

lips, while the "heathen raged noisily about them" in their customary

amusement of putting to death and torture the honest but misguided

enthusiasts who imagined that they could force upon a race of barbarians

the truth capable of being understood only by the elect who had advanced

along The Path.

And the spirit of persecution has not as yet died out in the land. There

are certain Hermetic Teachings, which, if publicly promulgated, would

bring down upon the teachers a great cry of scorn and revilement from

the multitude, who would again raise the cry of "Crucify! Crucify."

In this little work we have endeavored to give you an idea of the

fundamental teachings of The Kybalion, striving to give you the working

Principles, leaving you to apply therm yourselves, rather than

attempting to work out the teaching in detail. If you are a true

student, you will be able to work out and apply these Principles--if

not, then you must develop yourself into one, for otherwise the Hermetic

Teachings will be as "words, words, words" to you.

THE THREE INITIATES.

CHAPTER I

THE HERMETIC PHILOSOPHY

"The lips of wisdom are closed, except to the ears

of Understanding"--The Kybalion.

From old Egypt have come the fundamental esoteric and occult teachings

which have so strongly influenced the philosophies of all races, nations

and peoples, for several thousand years. Egypt, the home of the Pyramids

and the Sphinx, was the birthplace of the Hidden Wisdom and Mystic

Teachings. From her Secret Doctrine all nations have borrowed. India,

Persia, Chaldea, Medea, China, Japan, Assyria, ancient Greece and Rome,

and other ancient countries partook liberally at the feast of knowledge

which the Hierophants and Masters of the Land of Isis so freely provided

for those who came prepared to partake of the great store of Mystic and

Occult Lore which the masterminds of that ancient land had gathered

together.

In ancient Egypt dwelt the great Adepts and Masters who have never been

surpassed, and who seldom have been equaled, during the centuries that

have taken their processional flight since the days of the Great Hermes.

In Egypt was located the Great Lodge of Lodges of the Mystics. At the

doors of her Temples entered the Neophytes who afterward, as

Hierophants, Adepts, and Masters, traveled to the four corners of the

earth, carrying with them the precious knowledge which they were ready,

anxious, and willing to pass on to those who were ready to receive the

same. All students of the Occult recognize the debt that they owe to

these venerable Masters of that ancient land.

But among these great Masters of Ancient Egypt there once dwelt one of

whom Masters hailed as "The Master of Masters." This man, if "man"

indeed he was, dwelt in Egypt in the earliest days. He was known as

Hermes Trismegistus. He was the father of the Occult Wisdom; the founder

of Astrology; the discoverer of Alchemy. The details of his life story

are lost to history, owing to the lapse of the years, though several of

the ancient countries disputed with each other in their claims to the

honor of having furnished his birthplace--and this thousands of years

ago. The date of his sojourn in Egypt, in that his last incarnation on

this planet, is not now known, but it has been fixed at the early days

of the oldest dynasties of Egypt--long before the days of Moses. The

best authorities regard him as a contemporary of Abraham, and some of

the Jewish traditions go so far as to claim that Abraham acquired a

portion of his mystic knowledge from Hermes himself.

As the years rolled by after his passing from this plane of life

(tradition recording that he lived three hundred years in the flesh),

the Egyptians deified Hermes, and made him one of their gods, under the

name of Thoth. Years after, the people of Ancient Greece also made him

one of their many gods--calling him "Hermes, the god of Wisdom." The

Egyptians revered his memory for many centuries-yes, tens of centuries--

calling him "the Scribe of the Gods," and bestowing upon him,

distinctively, his ancient title, "Trismegistus," which means "the

thrice-great"; "the great-great"; "the greatest-great"; etc. In all the

ancient lands, the name of Hermes Trismegistus was revered, the name

being synonymous with the "Fount of Wisdom."

Even to this day, we use the term "hermetic" in the sense of "secret";

"sealed so that nothing can escape"; etc., and this by reason of the

fact that the followers of Hermes always observed the principle of

secrecy in their teachings. They did not believe in "casting pearls

before swine," but rather held to the teaching "milk for babes"; "meat

for strong men," both of which maxims are familiar to readers of the

Christian scriptures, but both of which had been used by the Egyptians

for centuries before the Christian era.

And this policy of careful dissemination of the truth has always

characterized the Hermetics, even unto the present day. The Hermetic

Teachings are to be found in all lands, among all religions, but never

identified with any particular country, nor with any particular

religious sect. This because of the warning of the ancient teachers

against allowing the Secret Doctrine to become crystallized into a

creed. The wisdom of this caution is apparent to all students of

history. The ancient occultism of India and Persia degenerated, and was

largely lost, owing to the fact that the teachers became priests, and so

mixed theology with the philosophy, the result being that the occultism

of India and Persia has been gradually lost amidst the mass of religious

superstition, cults, creeds and "gods." So it was with Ancient Greece

and Rome. So it was with the Hermetic Teachings of the Gnostics and

Early Christians, which were lost at the time of Constantine, whose iron

hand smothered philosophy with the blanket of theology, losing to the

Christian Church that which was its very essence and spirit, and causing

it to grope throughout several centuries before it found the way back to

its ancient faith, the indications apparent to all careful observers in

this Twentieth Century being that the Church is now struggling to get

back to its ancient mystic teachings.

But there were always a few faithful souls who kept alive the Flame,

tending it carefully, and not allowing its light to become extinguished.

And thanks to these staunch hearts, and fearless minds, we have the

truth still with us. But it is not found in books, to any great extent.

It has been passed along from Master to Student; from Initiate to

Hierophant; from lip to ear. When it was written down at all, its

meaning was veiled in terms of alchemy and astrology so that only those

possessing the key could read it aright. This was made necessary in

order to avoid the persecutions of the theologians of the Middle Ages,

who fought the Secret Doctrine with fire and sword; stake, gibbet and

cross. Even to this day there will be found but few reliable books on

the Hermetic Philosophy, although there are countless references to it

in many books written on various phases of Occultism. And yet, the

Hermetic Philosophy is the only Master Key which will open all the doors

of the Occult Teachings!

In the early days, there was a compilation of certain Basic Hermetic

Doctrines, passed on from teacher to student, which was known as "THE

KYBALION," the exact significance and meaning of the term having been

lost for several centuries. This teaching, however, is known to many to

whom it has descended, from mouth to ear, on and on throughout the

centuries. Its precepts have never been written down, or printed, so far

as we know. It was merely a collection of maxims, axioms, and precepts,

which were non-understandable to outsiders, but which were readily

understood by students, after the axioms, maxims, and precepts had been

explained and exemplified by the Hermetic Initiates to their Neophytes.

These teachings really constituted the basic principles of "The Art of

Hermetic Alchemy," which, contrary to the general belief, dealt in the

mastery of Mental Forces, rather than Material Elements-the

Transmutation of one kind of Mental Vibrations into others, instead of

the changing of one kind of metal into another. The legends of the

"Philosopher's Stone" which would turn base metal into Gold, was an

allegory relating to Hermetic Philosophy, readily understood by all

students of true Hermeticism.

In this little book, of which this is the First Lesson, we invite our

students to examine into the Hermetic Teachings, as set forth in THE

KYBALION, and as explained by ourselves, humble students of the

Teachings, who, while bearing the title of Initiates, are still students

at the feet of HERMES, the Master. We herein give you many of the

maxims, axioms and precepts of THE KYBALION, accompanied by explanations

and illustrations which we deem likely to render the teachings more

easily comprehended by the modern student, particularly as the original

text is purposely veiled in obscure terms.

The original maxims, axioms, and precepts of THE KYBALION are printed

herein, in italics, the proper credit being given. Our own work is

printed in the regular way, in the body of the work. We trust that the

many students to whom we now offer this little work will derive as much

benefit from the study of its pages as have the many who have gone on

before, treading the same Path to Mastery throughout the centuries that

have passed since the times of HERMES TRISMEGISTUS--the Master of

Masters--the Great-Great. In the words of "THE KYBALION":

"Where fall the footsteps of the Master, the ears of those

ready for his Teaching open wide."--The Kybalion.

"When the ears of the student are ready to hear, then cometh

the lips to fill them with Wisdom."--The Kybalion.

So that according to the Teachings, the passage of this book to those

ready for the instruction will attract the attention of such as are

prepared to receive the Teaching. And, likewise, when the pupil is ready

to receive the truth, then will this little book come to him, or her.

Such is The Law. The Hermetic Principle of Cause and Effect, in its

aspect of The Law of Attraction, will bring lips and ear together--pupil

and book in company. So mote it be!

CHAPTER II

THE SEVEN HERMETIC PRINCIPLES

"The Principles of Truth are Seven; he who knows these,

understandingly, possesses the Magic Key before whose

touch all the Doors of the Temple fly open."--The Kybalion.

The Seven Hermetic Principles, upon which the entire Hermetic Philosophy

is based, are as follows:

1. The Principle of Mentalism.

2. The Principle of Correspondence.

3. The Principle of Vibration.

4. The Principle of Polarity.

5. The Principle of Rhythm.

6. The Principle of Cause and Effect.

7. The Principle of Gender.

These Seven Principles will be discussed and explained as we proceed

with these lessons. A short explanation of each, however, may as well be

given at this point.

1. The Principle of Mentalism

"THE ALL IS MIND; The Universe is Mental."--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that "All is Mind." It explains that

THE ALL (which is the Substantial Reality underlying all the outward

manifestations and appearances which we know under the terms of "The

Material Universe"; the "Phenomena of Life"; "Matter"; "Energy"; and, in

short, all that is apparent to our material senses) is SPIRIT which in

itself is UNKNOWABLE and UNDEFINABLE, but which may be considered and

thought of as AN UNIVERSAL, INFINITE, LIVING MIND. It also explains that

all the phenomenal world or universe is simply a Mental Creation of THE

ALL, subject to the Laws of Created Things, and that the universe, as a

whole, and in its parts or units, has its existence in the Mind of THE

ALL, in which Mind we "live and move and have our being." This

Principle, by establishing the Mental Nature of the Universe, easily

explains all of the varied mental and psychic phenomena that occupy such

a large portion of the public attention, and which, without such

explanation, are non-understandable and defy scientific treatment. An

understanding of this great Hermetic Principle of Mentalism enables the

individual to readily grasp the laws of the Mental Universe, and to

apply the same to his well-being and advancement. The Hermetic Student

is enabled to apply intelligently the great Mental Laws, instead of

using them in a haphazard manner. With the Master-Key in his possession,

the student may unlock the many doors of the mental and psychic temple

of knowledge, and enter the same freely and intelligently. This

Principle explains the true nature of "Energy," "Power," and "Matter,"

and why and how all these are subordinate to the Mastery of Mind. One of

the old Hermetic Masters wrote, long ages ago: "He who grasps the truth

of the Mental Nature of the Universe is well advanced on The Path to

Mastery." And these words are as true today as at the time they were

first written. Without this Master-Key, Mastery is impossible, and the

student knocks in vain at the many doors of The Temple.

2. The Principle of Correspondence

"As above, so below; as below, so above."--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that there is always a Correspondence

between the laws and phenomena of the various planes of Being and Life.

The old Hermetic axiom ran in these words: "As above, so below; as

below, so above." And the grasping of this Principle gives one the means

of solving many a dark paradox, and hidden secret of Nature. There are

planes beyond our knowing, but when we apply the Principle of

Correspondence to them we are able to understand much that would

otherwise be unknowable to us. This Principle is of universal

application and manifestation, on the various planes of the material,

mental, and spiritual universe--it is an Universal Law. The ancient

Hermetists considered this Principle as one of the most important mental

instruments by which man was able to pry aside the obstacles which hid

from view the Unknown. Its use even tore aside the Veil of Isis to the

extent that a glimpse of the face of the goddess might be caught. Just

as a knowledge of the Principles of Geometry enables man to measure

distant suns and their movements, while seated in his observatory,

so a knowledge of the Principle of Correspondence enables Man to reason

intelligently from the Known to the Unknown. Studying the monad, he

understands the archangel.

3. The Principle of Vibration

"Nothing rests; everything moves; everything vibrates."--The

Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that "everything is in motion";

"everything vibrates"; "nothing is at rest"; facts which Modern Science

endorses, and which each new scientific discovery tends to verify. And

yet this Hermetic Principle was enunciated thousands of years ago, by

the Masters of Ancient Egypt. This Principle explains that the

differences between different manifestations of Matter, Energy, Mind,

and even Spirit, result largely from varying rates of Vibration. From

THE ALL, which is Pure Spirit, down to the grossest form of Matter, all

is in vibration--the higher the vibration, the higher the position in

the scale. The vibration of Spirit is at such an infinite rate of

intensity and rapidity that it is practically at rest--just as a rapidly

moving wheel seems to be motionless. And at the other end of the scale,

there are gross forms of matter whose vibrations are so low as to seem

at rest. Between these poles, there are millions upon millions of

varying degrees of vibration. From corpuscle and electron, atom and

molecule, to worlds and universes, everything is in vibratory motion.

This is also true on the planes of energy and force (which are but

varying degrees of vibration); and also on the mental planes (whose

states depend upon vibrations); and even on to the spiritual planes.

An understanding of this Principle, with the appropriate formulas,

enables Hermetic students to control their own mental vibrations as well

as those of others. The Masters also apply this Principle to the

conquering of Natural phenomena, in various ways. "He who understands

the Principle of Vibration, has grasped the scepter of power," says one

of the old writers.

4. The Principle of Polarity

"Everything is Dual; everything has poles; everything has its

pair of opposites; like and unlike are the same; opposites are

identical in nature, but different in degree; extremes meet;

all truths are but half-truths; all paradoxes may be

reconciled."--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that "everything is dual"; "everything

has two poles"; "everything has its pair of opposites," all of which

were old Hermetic axioms. It explains the old paradoxes, that have

perplexed so many, which have been stated as follows: "Thesis and

antithesis are identical in nature, but different in degree"; "opposites

are the same, differing only in degree"; "the pairs of opposites may be

reconciled"; "extremes meet"; "everything is and isn't, at the same

time"; "all truths are but half-truths"; "every truth is half-false";

"there are two sides to everything," etc., etc., etc. It explains that

in everything there are two poles, or opposite aspects, and that

"opposites" are really only the two extremes of the same thing, with

many varying degrees between them. To illustrate: Heat and Cold,

although "opposites," are really the same thing, the differences

consisting merely of degrees of the same thing. Look at your thermometer

and see if you can discover where "heat" terminates and "cold" begins!

There is no such thing as "absolute heat" or "absolute cold"--the two

terms "heat" and "cold" simply indicate varying degrees of the same

thing, and that "same thing" which manifests as "heat" and "cold"

is merely a form, variety, and rate of Vibration. So "heat" and "cold"

are simply the "two poles" of that which we call "Heat"--and the

phenomena attendant thereupon are manifestations of the Principle of

Polarity. The same Principle manifests in the case of "Light and

Darkness," which are the same thing, the difference consisting of

varying degrees between the two poles of the phenomena. Where does

"darkness" leave off, and "light" begin? What is the difference between

"Large and Small"? Between "Hard and Soft"? Between "Black and White"?

Between "Sharp and Dull"? Between "Noise and Quiet"? Between "High and

Low"? Between "Positive and Negative"? The Principle of Polarity

explains these paradoxes, and no other Principle can supersede it. The

same Principle operates on the Mental Plane. Let us take a radical and

extreme example--that of "Love and Hate," two mental states apparently

totally different. And yet there are degrees of Hate and degrees of

Love, and a middle point in which we use the terms "Like or Dislike,"

which shade into each other so gradually that sometimes we are at a loss

to know whether we "like" or "dislike" or "neither." And all are simply

degrees of the same thing, as you will see if you will but think a

moment. And, more than this (and considered of more importance

by the Hermetists), it is possible to change the vibrations of Hate to

the vibrations of Love, in one's own mind, and in the minds of others.

Many of you, who read these lines, have had personal experiences of the

involuntary rapid transition from Love to Hate, and the reverse, in your

own case and that of others. And you will therefore realize the

possibility of this being accomplished by the use of the Will, by means

of the Hermetic formulas. "Good and Evil" are but the poles of the same

thing, and the Hermetist understands the art of transmuting Evil into

Good, by means of an application of the Principle of Polarity. In short,

the "Art of Polarization" becomes a phase of "Mental Alchemy" known and

practiced by the ancient and modern Hermetic Masters. An understanding

of the Principle will enable one to change his own Polarity, as well as

that of others, if he will devote the time and study necessary to master

the art.

5. The Principle of Rhythm

"Everything flows, out and in; everything has its tides;

all things rise and fall; the pendulum-swing manifests in

everything; the measure of the swing to the right is the

measure of the swing to the left; rhythm compensates."--The

Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that in everything there is manifested

a measured motion, to and fro; a flow and inflow; a swing backward and

forward; a pendulum-like movement; a tide-like ebb and flow; a high-tide

and low-tide; between the two poles which exist in accordance with the

Principle of Polarity described a moment ago. There is always an action

and a reaction; an advance and a retreat; a rising and a sinking. This

is in the affairs of the Universe, suns, worlds, men, animals, mind,

energy, and matter. This law is manifest in the creation and

destruction of worlds; in the rise and fall of nations; in the life of

all things; and finally in the mental states of Man (and it is with this

latter that the Hermetists find the understanding of the Principle most

important). The Hermetists have grasped this Principle, finding its

universal application, and have also discovered certain means to

overcome its effects in themselves by the use of the appropriate

formulas and methods. They apply the Mental Law of Neutralization. They

cannot annul the Principle, or cause it to cease its operation, but they

have learned how to escape its effects upon themselves to a certain

degree depending upon the Mastery of the Principle. They have learned

how to USE it, instead of being USED BY it. In this and similar

methods, consist the Art of the Hermetists. The Master of Hermetics

polarizes himself at the point at which he desires to rest, and then

neutralizes the Rhythmic swing of the pendulum which would tend to carry

him to the other pole. All individuals who have attained any degree of

Self-Mastery do this to a certain degree, more or less unconsciously,

but the Master does this consciously, and by the use of his Will, and

attains a degree of Poise and Mental Firmness almost impossible of

belief on the part of the masses who are swung backward and forward like

a pendulum. This Principle and that of Polarity have been closely

studied by the Hermetists, and the methods of counteracting,

neutralizing, and USING them form an important part of the Hermetic

Mental Alchemy.

6. The Principle of Cause and Effect

"Every Cause has its Effect; every Effect has its Cause;

everything happens according to Law; Chance is but a name

for Law not recognized; there are many planes of causation,

but nothing escapes the Law."--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the fact that there is a Cause for every Effect;

an Effect from every Cause. It explains that: "Everything Happens

according to Law"; that nothing ever "merely happens"; that there is no

such thing as Chance; that while there are various planes of Cause and

Effect, the higher dominating the lower planes, still nothing ever

entirely escapes the Law. The Hermetists understand the art and methods

of rising above the ordinary plane of Cause and Effect, to a certain

degree, and by mentally rising to a higher plane they become Causers

instead of Effects. The masses of people are carried along, obedient to

environment; the wills and desires of others stronger than themselves;

heredity; suggestion; and other outward causes moving them about like

pawns on the Chessboard of Life. But the Masters, rising to the plane

above, dominate their moods, characters, qualities, and powers, as well

as the environment surrounding them, and become Movers instead of pawns.

They help to PLAY THE GAME OF LIFE, instead of being played and moved

about by other wills and environment. They USE the Principle instead of

being its tools. The Masters obey the Causation of the higher planes,

but they help to RULE on their own plane. In this statement there is

condensed a wealth of Hermetic knowledge--let him read who can.

7. The Principle of Gender

"Gender is in everything; everything has its Masculine

and Feminine Principles; Gender manifests on all

planes."--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that there is GENDER manifested in

everything--the Masculine and Feminine Principles ever at work. This is

true not only of the Physical Plane, but of the Mental and even the

Spiritual Planes. On the Physical Plane, the Principle manifests as SEX,

on the higher planes it takes higher forms, but the Principle is ever

the same. No creation, physical, mental or spiritual, is possible

without this Principle. An understanding of its laws will throw light on

many a subject that has perplexed the minds of men. The Principle of

Gender works ever in the direction of generation, regeneration, and

creation. Everything, and every person, contains the two Elements or

Principles, or this great Principle, within it, him or her. Every Male

thing has the Female Element also; every Female contains also the Male

Principle. If you would understand the philosophy of Mental and

Spiritual Creation, Generation, and Re-generation, you must understand

and study this Hermetic Principle. It contains the solution of many

mysteries of Life. We caution you that this Principle has no reference

to the many base, pernicious and degrading lustful theories, teachings

and practices, which are taught under fanciful titles, and which are a

prostitution of the great natural principle of Gender. Such base

revivals of the ancient infamous forms of Phallicism tend to ruin mind,

body and soul, and the Hermetic Philosophy has ever sounded the warning

note against these degraded teachings which tend toward lust,

licentiousness, and perversion of Nature's principles. If you seek such

teachings, you must go elsewhere for them--Hermeticism contains nothing

for you along these lines. To the pure, all things are pure; to the

base, all things are base.

CHAPTER III

MENTAL TRANSMUTATION

"Mind (as well as metals and elements) may be transmuted,

from state to state; degree to degree; condition to condition;

pole to pole; vibration to vibration. True Hermetic Transmutation

is a Mental Art."--The Kybalion.

As we have stated, the Hermetists were the original alchemists,

astrologers, and psychologists, Hermes having been the founder of these

schools of thought. From astrology has grown modern astronomy; from

alchemy has grown modern chemistry; from the mystic psychology has grown

the modern psychology of the schools. But it must not be supposed that

the ancients were ignorant of that which the modern schools suppose to

be their exclusive and special property. The records engraved on the

stones of Ancient Egypt show conclusively that the ancients had a full

comprehensive knowledge of astronomy, the very building of the Pyramids

showing the connection between their design and the study of

astronomical science. Nor were they ignorant of Chemistry, for the

fragments of the ancient writings show that they were acquainted with

the chemical properties of things; in fact, the ancient theories

regarding physics are being slowly verified by the latest discoveries of

modern science, notably those relating to the constitution of matter.

Nor must it be supposed that they were ignorant of the so-called modern

discoveries in psychology--on the contrary, the Egyptians were

especially skilled in the science of Psychology, particularly in the

branches that the modern schools ignore, but which, nevertheless, are

being uncovered under the name of "psychic science" which is perplexing

the psychologists of to-day, and making them reluctantly admit that

"there may be something in it after all."

The truth is, that beneath the material chemistry, astronomy and

psychology (that is, the psychology in its phase of "brain-action") the

ancients possessed a knowledge of transcendental astronomy, called

astrology; of transcendental chemistry, called alchemy; of

transcendental psychology, called mystic psychology. They possessed the

Inner Knowledge as well as the Outer Knowledge, the latter alone being

possessed by modern scientists. Among the many secret branches of

knowledge possessed by the Hermetists, was that known as Mental

Transmutation, which forms the subject matter of this lesson.

"Transmutation" is a term usually employed to designate the ancient art

of the transmutation of metals--particularly of the base metals into

gold. The word "Transmute" means "to change from one nature, form, or

substance, into another; to transform" (Webster). And accordingly,

"Mental Transmutation" means the art of changing and transforming mental

states, forms, and conditions, into others. So you may see that Mental

Transmutation is the "Art of Mental Chemistry," if you like the term--a

form of practical Mystic Psychology.

But this means far more than appears on the surface. Transmutation,

Alchemy, or Chemistry on the Mental Plane is important enough in its

effects, to be sure, and if the art stopped there it would still be one

of the most important branches of study known to man. But this is only

the beginning. Let us see why!

The first of the Seven Hermetic Principles is the Principle of

Mentalism, the axiom of which is "THE ALL is Mind; the Universe is

Mental," which means that the Underlying Reality of the Universe is

Mind; and the Universe itself is Mental--that is, "existing in the Mind

of THE ALL." We shall consider this Principle in succeeding lessons, but

let us see the effect of the principle if it be assumed to be true.

If the Universe is Mental in its nature, then Mental Transmutation must

be the art of CHANGING THE CONDITIONS OF THE UNIVERSE, along the lines

of Matter, Force and mind. So you see, therefore, that Mental

Transmutation is really the "Magic" of which the ancient; writers had so

much to say in their mystical works, and about which they gave so few

practical instructions. If All be Mental, then the art which enables one

to transmute mental conditions must render the Master the controller of

material conditions as well as those ordinarily called "mental."

As a matter of fact, none but advanced Mental Alchemists have been able

to attain the degree of power necessary to control the grosser physical

conditions, such as the control of the elements of Nature; the

production or cessation of tempests; the production and cessation of

earthquakes and other great physical phenomena. But that such men have

existed, and do exist today, is a matter of earnest belief to all

advanced occultists of all schools. That the Masters exist, and have

these powers, the best teachers assure their students, having had

experiences which justify them in such belief and statements. These

Masters do not make public exhibitions of their powers, but seek

seclusion from the crowds of men, in order to better work their may

along the Path of Attainment. We mention their existence, at this point,

merely to call your attention to the fact that their power is entirely

Mental, and operates along the lines of the higher Mental Transmutation,

under the Hermetic Principle of Mentalism.

"The Universe is Mental"--The Kybalion.

But students and Hermetists of lesser degree than Masters--the Initiates

and Teachers--are able to freely work along the Mental Plane, in Mental

Transmutation. In fact all that we call "psychic phenomena,"; "mental

influence"; "mental science"; "new-thought phenomena," etc., operates

along the same general lines, for there is but one principle involved,

no matter by what name the phenomena be called.

The student and practitioner of Mental Transmutation works among the

Mental Plane, transmuting mental conditions, states, etc., into others,

according to various formulas, more or less efficacious. The various

"treatments," "affirmations," "denials" etc., of the schools of mental

science are but formulas, often quite imperfect and unscientific, of The

Hermetic Art. The majority of modern practitioners are quite ignorant

compared to the ancient masters, for they lack the fundamental knowledge

upon which the work is based.

Not only may the mental states, etc., of one's self be changed or

transmuted by Hermetic Methods; but also the states of others may be,

and are, constantly transmuted in the same way, usually unconsciously,

but often consciously by some understanding the laws and principles, in

cases where the people affected are not informed of the principles of

self-protection. And more than this, as many students and practitioners

of modern mental science know, every material condition depending upon

the minds of other people may be changed or transmuted in accordance

with the earnest desire, will, and "treatments" of person desiring

changed conditions of life. The public are so generally informed

regarding these things at present, that we do not deem it necessary to

mention the same at length, our purpose at this point being merely to

show the Hermetic Principle and Art underlying all of these various

forms of practice, good and evil, for the force can be used in opposite

directions according to the Hermetic Principles of Polarity.

In this little book we shall state the basic principles of Mental

Transmutation, that all who read may grasp the Underlying Principles,

and thus possess the Master-Key that will unlock the many doors of the

Principle of Polarity.

We shall now proceed to a consideration of the first of the Hermetic

Seven Principles--the Principle of Mentalism, in which is explained the

truth that "THE ALL is Mind; the Universe is Mental," in the words of

The Kybalion. We ask the close attention, and careful study of this

great Principle, on the part of our students, for it is really the Basic

Principle of the whole Hermetic Philosophy, and of the Hermetic Art of

Mental Transmutation.

CHAPTER IV

THE ALL

"Under, and back of, the Universe of Time, Space and Change,

is ever to be found The Substantial Reality--the Fundamental

Truth."--The Kybalion.

"Substance" means: "that which underlies all outward manifestations; the

essence; the essential reality; the thing in itself," etc. "Substantial"

means: "actually existing; being the essential element; being real," etc.

"Reality" means: "the state of being real; true, enduring; valid; fixed;

permanent; actual," etc.

Under and behind all outward appearances or manifestations, there must

always be a Substantial Reality. This is the Law. Man considering the

Universe, of which he is a unit, sees nothing but change in matter,

forces, and mental states. He sees that nothing really IS, but that

everything is BECOMING and CHANGING. Nothing stands still-everything is

being born, growing, dying-the very instant a thing reaches its height,

it begins to decline--the law of rhythm is in constant operation--there

is no reality, enduring quality, fixity, or substantiality in anything--

nothing is permanent but Change. He sees all things evolving from other

things, and resolving into other things--constant action and reaction;

inflow and outflow; building up and tearing down; creation and

destruction; birth, growth and death. Nothing endures but Change. And if

he be a thinking man, he realizes that all of these changing things must

be but outward appearances or manifestations of some Underlying

Power--some Substantial Reality.

All thinkers, in all lands and in all times, have assumed the necessity

for postulating the existence of this Substantial Reality. All

philosophies worthy of the name have been based upon this thought. Men

have given to this Substantial Reality many names-some have called it by

the term of Deity (under many titles). Others have called it "The

Infinite and Eternal Energy" others have tried to call it "Matter"--but

all have acknowledged its existence. It is self-evident it needs no

argument.

In these lessons we have followed the example of some of the world's

greatest thinkers, both ancient and modern--the Hermetic. Masters--and

have called this Underlying Power--this Substantial Reality--by the

Hermetic name of "THE ALL," which term we consider the most

comprehensive of the many terms applied by Man to THAT which transcends

names and terms.

We accept and teach the view of the great Hermetic thinkers of all

times, as well as of those illumined souls who have reached higher

planes of being, both of whom assert that the inner nature of THE ALL is

UNKNOWABLE. This must be so, for naught by THE ALL itself can comprehend

its own nature and being.

The Hermetists believe and teach that THE ALL, "in itself," is and must

ever be UNKNOWABLE. They regard all the theories, guesses and

speculations of the theologians and metaphysicians regarding the inner

nature of THE ALL, as but the childish efforts of mortal minds to grasp

the secret of the Infinite. Such efforts have always failed and will

always fail, from the very nature of the task. One pursuing such

inquiries travels around and around in the labyrinth of thought, until

he is lost to all sane reasoning, action or conduct, and is utterly

unfitted for the work of life. He is like the squirrel which frantically

runs around and around the circling treadmill wheel of his cage,

traveling ever and yet reaching nowhere--at the end a prisoner still,

and standing just where he started.

And still more presumptuous are those who attempt to ascribe to THE ALL

the personality, qualities, properties, characteristics and attributes

of themselves, ascribing to THE ALL the human emotions, feelings, and

characteristics, even down to the pettiest qualities of mankind, such as

jealousy, susceptibility to flattery and praise, desire for offerings

and worship, and all the other survivals from the days of the childhood

of the race. Such ideas are not worthy of grown men and women, and are

rapidly being discarded.

(At this point, it may be proper for me to state that we make a

distinction between Religion and Theology--between Philosophy and

Metaphysics. Religion, to us, means that intuitional realization of the

existence of THE ALL, and one's relationship to it; while Theology means

the attempts of men to ascribe personality, qualities, and

characteristics to it; their theories regarding its affairs, will,

desires, plans, and designs, and their assumption of the office of ''

middle-men'' between THE ALL and the people. Philosophy, to us, means

the inquiry after knowledge of things knowable and thinkable; while

Metaphysics means the attempt to carry the inquiry over and beyond the

boundaries and into regions unknowable and unthinkable, and with the

same tendency as that of Theology. And consequently, both Religion and

Philosophy mean to us things having roots in Reality, while Theology and

Metaphysics seem like broken reeds, rooted in the quicksands of

ignorance, and affording naught but the most insecure support for the

mind or soul of Man. we do not insist upon our students accepting these

definitions--we mention them merely to show our position.

At any rate, you shall hear very little about Theology and Metaphysics

in these lessons.)

But while the essential nature of THE ALL is Unknowable, there are

certain truths connected with its existence which the human mind finds

itself compelled to accept. And an examination of these reports form a

proper subject of inquiry, particularly as they agree with the reports

of the Illumined on higher planes. And to this inquiry we now invite

you.

"THAT which is the Fundamental Truth--the Substantial

Reality--is beyond true naming, but the Wise Men call

it THE ALL."--The Kybalion.

"In its Essence, THE ALL is UNKNOWABLE."--The Kybalion.

"But, the report of Reason must be hospitably received,

and treated with respect."--The Kybalion.

The human reason, whose reports we must accept so long as we think at

all, informs us as follows regarding THE ALL, and that without

attempting to remove the veil of the Unknowable:

(1) THE ALL must be ALL that REALLY IS. There can be

nothing existing outside of THE ALL, else THE ALL would

not be THE ALL.

(2) THE ALL must be INFINITE, for there is nothing else

to define, confine, bound, limit; or restrict THE ALL.

It must be Infinite in Time, or ETERNAL,--it must have

always continuously existed, for there is nothing else to

have ever created it, and something can never evolve from

nothing, and if it had ever "not been," even for a moment,

it would not "be" now,--it must continuously exist forever,

for there is nothing to destroy it, and it can never

"not-be," even for a moment, because something can never

become nothing. It must be Infinite in Space--it must be

Everywhere, for there is no place outside of THE ALL--it

cannot be otherwise than continuous in Space, without break,

cessation, separation, or interruption, for there is nothing

to break, separate, or interrupt its continuity, and nothing

with which to "fill in the gaps." It must be Infinite in

Power, or Absolute, for there is nothing to limit, restrict,

restrain, confine, disturb or condition it--it is subject to

no other Power, for there is no other Power.

(3) THE ALL must be IMMUTABLE, or not subject to change in

its real nature, for there is nothing to work changes upon it

nothing into which it could change, nor from which it could

have changed. It cannot be added to nor subtracted from;

increased nor diminished; nor become greater or lesser in any

respect whatsoever. It must have always been, and must always

remain, just what it is now--THE ALL--there has never been,

is not now, and never will be, anything else into which it

can change.

THE ALL being Infinite, Absolute, Eternal and Unchangeable it must

follow that anything finite, changeable, fleeting, and conditioned

cannot be THE ALL. And as there is Nothing outside of THE ALL, in

Reality, then any and all such finite things must be as Nothing in

Reality. Now do not become befogged, nor frightened--we are not trying

to lead you into the Christian Science field under cover of Hermetic

Philosophy. There is a Reconciliation of this apparently contradictory

state of affairs. Be patient, we will reach it in time.

We see around us that which is called "Matter," which forms the physical

foundation for all forms. Is THE ALL merely Matter? Not at all! Matter

cannot manifest Life or Mind, and as Life and Mind are manifested in the

Universe, THE ALL cannot be Matter, for nothing rises higher than its

own source--nothing is ever manifested in an effect that is not in the

cause--nothing is evolved as a consequent that is not involved as an

antecedent. And then Modern Science informs us that there is really no

such thing as Matter--that what we call Matter is merely "interrupted

energy or force," that is, energy or force at a low rate of vibration.

As a recent writer has said "Matter has melted into Mystery." Even

Material Science has abandoned the theory of Matter, and now rests on

the basis of "Energy."

Then is THE ALL mere Energy or Force? Not Energy or Force as the

materialists use the terms, for their energy and force are blind,

mechanical things, devoid of Life or Mind. Life and Mind can never

evolve from blind Energy or Force, for the reason given a moment ago:

"Nothing can rise higher than its source--nothing is evolved unless it

is involved--nothing manifests in the effect, unless it is in the cause.

" And so THE ALL cannot be mere Energy or Force, for, if it were, then

there would be no such things as Life and Mind in existence, and we know

better than that, for we are Alive and using Mind to consider this very

question, and so are those who claim that Energy or Force is Everything.

What is there then higher than Matter or Energy that we know to be

existent in the Universe? LIFE AND MIND! Life and Mind in all their

varying degrees of unfoldment! "Then," you ask, "do you mean to tell us

that THE ALL is LIFE and MIND?" Yes! and No! is our answer. If you mean

Life and Mind as we poor petty mortals know them, we say No! THE ALL is

not that! "But what kind of Life and Mind do you mean?" you ask.

The answer is "LIVING MIND," as far above that which mortals know by

those words, as Life and Mind are higher than mechanical forces, or

matter--INFINITE LIVING MIND as compared to finite "Life and Mind." We

mean that which the illumined souls mean when they reverently pronounce

the word: "SPIRIT!"

"THE ALL" is Infinite Living Mind--the Illumined call it SPIRIT!

CHAPTER V

THE MENTAL UNIVERSE

"The Universe is Mental--held in the Mind of THE

ALL."--The Kybalion.

THE ALL is SPIRIT! But what is Spirit? This question cannot be answered,

for the reason that its definition is practically that of THE ALL, which

cannot be explained or defined. Spirit is simply a name that men give to

the highest conception of Infinite Living Mind--it means "the Real

Essence"--it means Living Mind, as much superior to Life and Mind as we

know them, as the latter are superior to mechanical Energy and Matter.

Spirit transcends our understanding, and we use the term merely that we

may think or speak of THE ALL. For the purposes of thought and

understanding, we are justified in thinking of Spirit as Infinite Living

Mind, at the same time acknowledging that we cannot fully understand it.

We must either do this or stop thinking of the matter at all.

Let us now proceed to a consideration of the nature of the Universe, as

a whole and in its parts. What is the Universe? We have seen that there

can be nothing outside of THE ALL. Then is the Universe THE ALL? No,

this cannot be, because the Universe seems to be made up of MANY, and is

constantly changing, and in other ways it does not measure up to the

ideas that we are compelled to accept regarding THE ALL, as stated in

our last lesson. Then if the Universe be not THE ALL, then it must be

Nothing--such is the inevitable conclusion of the mind at first thought.

But this will not satisfy the question, for we are sensible of the

existence of the Universe. Then if the Universe is neither THE ALL, nor

Nothing, what Can it be? Let us examine this question.

If the Universe exists at all, or seems to exist, it must proceed in

some way from THE ALL--it must be a creation of THE ALL. But as

something can never come from nothing, from what could THE ALL have

created it. Some philosophers have answered this question by saying that

THE ALL created the Universe from ITSELF--that is, from the being and

substance of THE ALL. But this will not do, for THE ALL cannot be

subtracted from, nor divided, as we have seen, and then again if this be

so, would not each particle in the Universe be aware of its being THE

ALL--THE ALL could not lose its knowledge of itself, nor actually BECOME

an atom, or blind force, or lowly living thing. Some men, indeed,

realizing that THE ALL is indeed ALL, and also recognizing that they,

the men, existed, have jumped to the conclusion that they and THE ALL

were identical, and they have filled the air with shouts of "I AM GOD,"

to the amusement of the multitude and the sorrow of sages. The claim of

the corpuscle that: "I am Man!" would be modest in comparison.

But, what indeed is the Universe, if it be not THE ALL, not yet created

by THE ALL having separated itself into fragments? What else can it be--

of what else can it be made? This is the great question. Let us examine

it carefully. We find here that the "Principle of Correspondence" (see

Lesson I.) comes to our aid here. The old Hermetic axiom, "As above so

below," may be pressed into service at this point. Let us endeavor to

get a glimpse of the workings on higher planes by examining those on our

own. The Principle of Correspondence must apply to this as well as to

other problems.

Let us see! On his own plane of being, how does Man create? Well, first,

he may create by making something out of outside materials. But this

will not do, for there are no materials outside of THE ALL with which it

may create. Well, then, secondly, Man pro-creates or reproduces his kind

by the process of begetting, which is self-multiplication accomplished

by transferring a portion of his substance to his offspring. But this

will not do, because THE ALL cannot transfer or subtract a portion of

itself, nor can it reproduce or multiply itself--in the first place

there would be a taking away, and in the second case a multiplication or

addition to THE ALL, both thoughts being an absurdity. Is there no third

way in which MAN creates? Yes, there is--he CREATES MENTALLY! And in so

doing he uses no outside materials, nor does he reproduce himself, and

yet his Spirit pervades the Mental Creation.

Following the Principle of Correspondence, we are justified in

considering that THE ALL creates the Universe MENTALLY, in a manner akin

to the process whereby Man creates Mental Images. And, here is where the

report of Reason tallies precisely with the report of the Illumined, as

shown by their teachings and writings. Such are the teachings of the

Wise Men. Such was the Teaching of Hermes.

THE ALL can create in no other way except mentally, without either using

material (and there is none to use), or else reproducing itself (which

is also impossible). There is no escape from this conclusion of the

Reason, which, as we have said, agrees with the highest teachings of the

Illumined. Just as you, student, may create a Universe of your own in

your mentality, so does THE ALL create Universes in its own Mentality.

But your Universe is the mental creation of a Finite Mind, whereas that

of THE ALL is the creation of an Infinite. The two are similar in kind,

but infinitely different in degree. We shall examine more closely into

the process of creation and manifestation as we proceed. But this is the

point to fix in your minds at this stage: THE UNIVERSE, AND ALL IT

CONTAINS, IS A MENTAL CREATION OF THE ALL. Verily indeed, ALL IS MIND!

"THE ALL creates in its Infinite Mind countless Universes,

which exist for aeons of Time--and yet, to THE ALL, the

creation, development, decline and death of a million Universes

is as the time of the twinkling of an eye."--The Kybalion.

"The Infinite Mind of THE ALL is the womb of Universes."--The

Kybalion.

The Principle of Gender (see Lesson I. and other lessons to follow) is

manifested on all planes of life, material mental and spiritual. But,

as we have said before, "Gender" does not mean "Sex" sex is merely a

material manifestation of gender. "Gender" means "relating to generation

or creation." And whenever anything is generated or created, on any

plane, the Principle of Gender must be manifested. And this is true even

in the creation of Universes.

Now do not jump to the conclusion that we are teaching that there is a

male and female God, or Creator. That idea is merely a distortion of the

ancient teachings on the subject. The true teaching is that THE ALL, in

itself, is above Gender, as it is above every other Law, including those

of Time and Space. It is the Law, from which the Laws proceed, and it is

not subject to them. But when THE ALL manifests on the plane of

generation or creation, then it acts according to Law and Principle, for

it is moving on a lower plane of Being. And consequently it manifests

the Principle of Gender, in its Masculine and Feminine aspects, on the

Mental Plane, of course.

This idea may seem startling to some of you who hear it for the first

time, but you have all really passively accepted it in your everyday

conceptions. You speak of the Fatherhood of God, and the Motherhood of

Nature--of God, the Divine Father, and Nature the Universal Mother--and

have thus instinctively acknowledged the Principle of Gender in the

Universe. Is this not so?

But, the Hermetic teaching does not imply a real duality--THE ALL is

ONE--the Two Aspects are merely aspects of manifestation. The teaching

is that The Masculine Principle manifested by THE ALL stands, in a way,

apart from the actual mental creation of the Universe. It projects its

Will toward the Feminine Principle (which may be called "Nature")

whereupon the latter begins the actual work of the evolution of the

Universe, from simple "centers of activity" on to man, and then on and

on still higher, all according to well-established and firmly enforced

Laws of Nature. If you prefer the old figures of thought, you may think

of the Masculine Principle as GOD, the Father, and of the Feminine

Principle as NATURE, the Universal Mother, from whose womb all things

have been born. This is more than a mere poetic figure of speech--it is

an idea of the actual process of the creation of the Universe. But

always remember, that THE ALL is but One, and that in its Infinite Mind

the Universe is generated, created and exists.

It may help you to get the proper idea, if you will apply the Law of

Correspondence to yourself, and your own mind. You know that the part of

You which you call "I," in a sense, stands apart and witnesses the

creation of mental Images in your own mind. The part of your mind in

which the mental generation is accomplished may be called the "Me" in

distinction from the "I" which stands apart and witnesses and examines

the thoughts, ideas and images of the "Me." "As above, so below,"

remember, and the phenomena of one plane may be employed to solve the

riddles of higher or lower planes.

Is it any wonder that You, the child, feel that instinctive reverence

for THE ALL, which feeling we call "religion"--that respect, and

reverence for THE FATHER MIND? Is it any wonder that, when you consider

the works and wonders of Nature, you are overcome with a mighty feeling

which has its roots away down in your inmost being? It is the MOTHER

MIND that you are pressing close up to, like a babe to the breast.

Do not make the mistake of supposing that the little world you see

around you--the Earth, which is a mere grain of dust in the Universe--is

the Universe itself. There are millions upon millions of such worlds,

and greater. And there are millions of millions of such Universes in

existence within the Infinite Mind of THE ALL. And even in our own

little solar system there are regions and planes of life far higher than

ours, and beings compared to which we earth-bound mortals are as the

slimy life-forms that dwell on the ocean's bed when compared to Man.

There are beings with powers and attributes higher than Man has ever

dreamed of the gods' possessing. And yet these beings were once as you,

and still lower--and you will be even as they, and still higher, in

time, for such is the Destiny of Man as reported by the Illumined.

And Death is not real, even in the Relative sense--it is but Birth to a

new life--and You shall go on, and on, and on, to higher and still

higher planes of life, for aeons upon aeons of time. The Universe is

your home, and you shall explore its farthest recesses before the end of

Time. You are dwelling in the Infinite Mind of THE ALL, and your

possibilities and opportunities are infinite, both in time and space.

And at the end of the Grand Cycle of Aeons, when THE ALL shall draw back

into itself all of its creations--you will go gladly for you will then

be able to know the Whole Truth of being At One with THE ALL. Such is

the report of the Illumined--those who have advanced well along The

Path.

And, in the meantime, rest calm and serene--you are safe and protected

by the Infinite Power of the FATHER-MOTHER MIND.

"Within the Father-Mother Mind, mortal children are at

home."--The Kybalion.

"There is not one who is Fatherless, nor Motherless in the

Universe."--The Kybalion.

CHAPTER VI

THE DIVINE PARADOX

"The half-wise, recognizing the comparative unreality of

the Universe, imagine that they may defy its Laws--such

are vain and presumptuous fools, and they are broken against

the rocks and torn asunder by the elements by reason of

their folly. The truly wise, knowing the nature of the Universe,

use Law against laws; the higher against the lower; and by

the Art of Alchemy transmute that which is undesirable into

that which is worthy, and thus triumph. Mastery consists not

in abnormal dreams, visions and fantastic imaginings or

living, but in using the higher forces against the lower--escaping

the pains of the lower planes by vibrating on the higher.

Transmutation, not presumptuous denial, is the weapon of the

Master."--The Kybalion.

This is the Paradox of the Universe, resulting from the Principle of

Polarity which manifests when THE ALL begins to Create--hearken to it

for it points the difference between half-wisdom and wisdom. While to

THE INFINITE ALL, the Universe, its Laws, its Powers, its life, its

Phenomena, are as things witnessed in the state of Meditation or Dream;

yet to all that is Finite, the Universe must be treated as Real, and

life, and action, and thought, must be based thereupon, accordingly,

although with an ever understanding of the Higher Truth. Each according

to its own Plane and Laws. Were THE ALL to imagine that the Universe

were indeed Reality, then woe to the Universe, for there would be then

no escape from lower to higher, divineward--then would the Universe

become a fixity and progress would become impossible. And if Man, owing

to half-wisdom, acts and lives and thinks of the Universe as merely a

dream (akin to his own finite dreams) then indeed does it so become for

him, and like a sleep-walker he stumbles ever around and around in a

circle, making no progress, and being forced into an awakening at last

by his falling bruised and bleeding over the Natural Laws which he

ignored. Keep your mind ever on the Star, but let your eyes watch over

your footsteps, lest you fall into the mire by reason of your upward

gaze. Remember the Divine Paradox, that while the Universe IS NOT, still

IT IS. Remember ever the Two Poles of Truth the Absolute and the

Relative. Beware of Half-Truths.

What Hermetists know as "the Law of Paradox" is an aspect of the

Principle of Polarity. The Hermetic writings are filled with references

to the appearance of the Paradox in the consideration of the problems of

Life and Being. The Teachers are constantly warning their students

against the error of omitting the "other side" of any question. And

their warnings are particularly directed to the problems of the Absolute

and the Relative, which perplex all students of philosophy, and which

cause so many to think and act contrary to what is generally known as

"common sense." And we caution all students to be sure to grasp the

Divine Paradox of the Absolute and Relative, lest they become entangled

in the mire of the Half-Truth. With this in view this particular lesson

has been written. Read it carefully!

The first thought that comes to the thinking man after he realizes the

truth that the Universe is a Mental Creation of THE ALL, is that the

Universe and all that it contains is a mere illusion; an unreality;

against which idea his instincts revolt. But this, like all other great

truths, must be considered both from the Absolute and the Relative

points of view. From the Absolute viewpoint, of course, the Universe is

in the nature of an illusion, a dream, a phantasmagoria, as compared to

THE ALL in itself. We recognize this even in our ordinary view, for we

speak of the world as "a fleeting show" that comes and goes, is born and

dies--for the element of impermanence and change, finiteness and

unsubstantiality, must ever be connected with the idea of a created

Universe when it is contrasted with the idea of THE ALL, no matter what

may be our beliefs concerning the nature of both. Philosopher,

metaphysician, scientist and theologian all agree upon this idea, and

the thought is found in all forms of philosophical thought and religious

conceptions, as well as in the theories of the respective schools of

metaphysics and theology.

So, the Hermetic Teachings do not preach the unsubstantiality of the

Universe in any stronger terms than those more familiar to you, although

their presentation of the subject may seem somewhat more startling.

Anything that has a beginning and an ending must be, in a sense, unreal

and untrue, and the Universe comes under the rule, in all schools of

thought. From the Absolute point of view, there is nothing Real except

THE ALL, no matter what terms we may use in thinking of, or discussing

the subject. Whether the Universe be created of Matter, or whether it be

a Mental Creation in the Mind of THE ALL--it is unsubstantial,

non-enduring, a thing of time, space and change. We want you to realize

this fact thoroughly, before you pass judgment on the Hermetic

conception of the Mental nature of the Universe. Think over any and all

of the other conceptions, and see whether this be not true of them.

But the Absolute point of view shows merely one side of the picture--the

other side is the Relative one. Absolute Truth has been defined as

"Things as the mind of God knows them," while Relative Truth is "Things

as the highest reason of Man understands them." And so while to THE ALL

the Universe must be unreal and illusionary, a mere dream or result of

meditation,--nevertheless, to the finite minds forming a part of that

Universe, and viewing it through mortal faculties, the Universe is very

real indeed, and must be so considered. In recognizing the Absolute

view, we must not make the mistake of ignoring or denying the facts and

phenomena of the Universe as they present themselves to our mortal

faculties--we are not THE ALL, remember.

To take familiar illustrations, we all recognize the fact that matter

"exists" to our senses--we will fare badly if we do not. And yet, even

our finite minds understand the scientific dictum that there is no such

thing as Matter from a scientific point of view--that which we call

Matter is held to be merely an aggregation of atoms, which atoms

themselves are merely a grouping of units of force, called electrons or

"ions," vibrating and in constant circular motion. We kick a stone and

we feel the impact--it seems to be real, notwithstanding that we know it

to be merely what we have stated above. But remember that our foot,

which feels the impact by means of our brains, is likewise Matter, so

constituted of electrons, and for that matter so are our brains. And, at

the best, if it were not by reason of our Mind, we would not know the

foot or stone at all.

Then again, the ideal of the artist or sculptor, which he is endeavoring

to reproduce in stone or on canvas, seems very real to him. So do the

characters in the mind of the author; or dramatist, which he seeks to

express so that others may recognize them. And if this be true in the

case of our finite minds, what must be the degree of Reality in the

Mental Images created in the Mind of the Infinite? Oh, friends, to

mortals this Universe of Mentality is very real indeed--it is the only

one we can ever know, though we rise from plane to plane, higher and

higher in it. To know it otherwise, but actual experience, we must be

THE ALL itself. It is true that the higher we rise in the scale--the

nearer to "the mind of the Father" we reach--the more apparent becomes

the illusory nature of finite things, but not until THE ALL finally

withdraws us into itself does the vision actually vanish.

So, we need not dwell upon the feature of illusion. Rather let us,

recognizing the real nature of the Universe, seek to understand its

mental laws, and endeavor to use them to the best effect in our upward

progress through life, as we travel from plane to plane of being. The

Laws of the Universe are none the less "Iron Laws" because of the mental

nature. All, except THE ALL, are bound by them. What is IN THE INFINITE

MIND OF THE ALL is REAL in a degree second only to that Reality itself

which is vested in the nature of THE ALL.

So, do not feel insecure or afraid--we are all HELD FIRMLY IN THE

INFINITE MIND OF THE ALL, and there is naught to hurt us or for us to

fear. There is no Power outside of THE ALL to affect us. So we may rest

calm and secure. There is a world of comfort and security in this

realization when once attained. Then "calm and peaceful do we sleep,

rocked in the Cradle of the Deep"--resting safely on the bosom of the

Ocean of Infinite Mind, which is THE ALL. In THE ALL, indeed, do "we

live and move and have our being."

Matter is none the less Matter to us, while we dwell on the plane of

Matter, although we know it to be merely an aggregation of "electrons,"

or particles of Force, vibrating rapidly and gyrating around each other

in the formations of atoms; the atoms in turn vibrating and gyrating,

forming molecules, which latter in turn form larger masses of Matter.

Nor does Matter become less Matter, when we follow the inquiry still

further, and learn from the Hermetic Teachings, that the "Force" of

which the electrons are but units is merely a manifestation of the Mind

of THE ALL, and like all else in the Universe is purely Mental in its

nature. While on the Plane of matter, we must recognize its phenomena--

we may control Matter (as all Masters of higher or lesser degree do),

but we do so by applying the higher forces. We commit a folly when we

attempt to deny the existence of Matter in the relative aspect. We may

deny its mastery over us--and rightly so--but we should not attempt to

ignore it in its relative aspect, at least so long as we dwell upon its

plane.

Nor do the Laws of Nature become less constant or effective, when we

know them, likewise, to be merely mental creations. They are in full

effect on the various planes. We overcome the lower laws, by applying

still higher ones--and in this way only. But we cannot escape Law or

rise above it entirely. Nothing but THE ALL can escape Law--and that

because THE ALL is LAW itself, from which all Laws emerge. The most

advanced Masters may acquire the powers usually attributed to the gods

of men; and there are countless ranks of being, in the great hierarchy

of life, whose being and power transcends even that of the highest

Masters among men to a degree unthinkable by mortals, but even the

highest Master, and the highest Being, must bow to the Law, and be as

Nothing in the eye of THE ALL. So that if even these highest Beings,

whose powers exceed even those attributed by men to their gods--if even

these are bound by and are subservient to Law, then imagine the

presumption of mortal man, of our race and grade, when he dares to

consider the Laws of Nature as "unreal!" visionary and illusory, because

he happens to be able to grasp the truth that the Laws are Mental in

nature, and simply Mental Creations of THE ALL. Those Laws which THE ALL

intends to be governing Laws are not to be defied or argued away. So

long as the Universe endures, will they endure--for the Universe exists

by virtue of these Laws which form its framework and which hold it

together.

The Hermetic Principle of Mentalism, while explaining the true nature of

the Universe upon the principle that all is Mental, does not change the

scientific conceptions of the Universe, Life, or Evolution. In fact,

science merely corroborates the Hermetic Teachings. The latter merely

teaches that the nature of the Universe is "Mental," while modern

science has taught that it is "Material"; or (of late) that it is

"Energy" at the last analysis. The Hermetic Teachings have no fault to

find with Herbert Spencer's basic principle which postulates the

existence of an "Infinite and Eternal Energy, from which all things

proceed." In fact, the Hermetics recognize in Spencer's philosophy the

highest outside statement of the workings of the Natural Laws that have

ever been promulgated, and they believe Spencer to have been a

reincarnation of an ancient philosopher who dwelt in ancient Egypt

thousands of years ago, and who later incarnated as Heraclitus, the

Grecian philosopher who lived B. C. 500. And they regard his statement

of the "Infinite and Eternal Energy" as directly in the line of the

Hermetic Teachings, always with the addition of their own doctrine

that his "Energy" is the Energy of the Mind of THE ALL. With the

Master-Key of the Hermetic Philosophy, the student of Spencer will be

able to unlock many doors of the inner philosophical conceptions of the

great English philosopher, whose work shows the results of the

preparation of his previous incarnations. His teachings regarding

Evolution and Rhythm are in almost perfect agreement with the Hermetic

Teachings regarding the Principle of Rhythm.

So, the student of Hermetics need not lay aside any of his cherished

scientific views regarding the Universe. All he is asked to do is to

grasp the underlying principle of "THE ALL is Mind; the Universe is

Mental--held in the mind of THE ALL." He will find that the other six of

the Seven Principles will "fit into" his scientific knowledge, and will

serve to bring out obscure points and to throw light in dark corners.

This is not to be wondered at, when we realize the influence of the

Hermetic thought of the early philosophers of Greece, upon whose

foundations of thought the theories of modern science largely rest. The

acceptance of the First Hermetic Principle (Mentalism) is the only great

point of difference between Modern Science and Hermetic students, and

Science is gradually moving toward the Hermetic position in its groping

in the dark for a way out of the Labyrinth into which it has wandered in

its search for Reality.

The purpose of this lesson is to impress upon the minds of our students

the fact that, to all intents and purposes, the Universe and its laws,

and its phenomena, are just as REAL, so far as Man is concerned, as they

would be under the hypotheses of Materialism or Energism. Under any

hypothesis the Universe in its outer aspect is changing, ever-flowing,

and transitory--and therefore devoid of substantiality and reality. But

(note the other pole of the truth) under the same hypotheses, we are

compelled to ACT AND LIVE as if the fleeting things were real and

substantial. With this difference, always, between the various

hypotheses--that under the old views Mental Power was ignored as a

Natural Force, while under Mentalism it becomes the Greatest Natural

Force. And this one difference revolutionizes Life, to those who

understand the Principle and its resulting laws and practice.

So, finally, students all, grasp the advantage of Mentalism, and learn

to know, use and apply the laws resulting therefrom. But do not yield to

the temptation which, as The Kybalion states, overcomes the half-wise

and which causes them to be hypnotized by the apparent unreality of

things, the consequence being that they wander about like dream-people

dwelling in a world of dreams, ignoring the practical work and life of

man, the end being that "they are broken against the rocks and torn

asunder by the elements, by reason of their folly." Rather follow the

example of the wise, which the same authority states, "use Law against

Laws; the higher against the lower; and by the Art of Alchemy transmute

that which is undesirable into that which is worthy, and thus triumph."

Following the authority, let us avoid the half-wisdom (which is folly)

which ignores the truth that: "Mastery consists not in abnormal dreams,

visions, and fantastic imaginings or living, but in using the higher

forces against the lower--escaping the pains of the lower planes by

vibrating on the higher." Remember always, student, that "Transmutation,

not presumptuous denial, is the weapon of the Master." The above

quotations are from The Kybalion, and are worthy of being committed to

memory by the student.

We do not live in a world of dreams, but in an Universe which while

relative, is real so far as our lives and actions are concerned. Our

business in the Universe is not to deny its existence, but to LIVE,

using the Laws to rise from lower to higher--living on, doing the best

that we can under the circumstances arising each day, and living, so far

as is possible, to our biggest ideas and ideals. The true Meaning of

Life is not known to men on this plane .if, indeed, to any--but the

highest authorities, and our own intuitions, teach us that we will make

no mistake in living up to the best that is in us, so far as is

possible, and realising the Universal tendency in the same direction in

spite of apparent evidence to the contrary. We are all on The Path--and

the road leads upward ever, with frequent resting places.

Read the message of The Kybalion--and follow the example of "the

wise"--avoiding the mistake of "the half-wise" who perish by reason of

their folly.

CHAPTER VII

"THE ALL" IN ALL

"While All is in THE ALL, it is equally true that THE

ALL is in ALL. To him who truly understands this

truth hath come great knowledge."--The Kybalion.

How often have the majority of people heard repeated the statement that

their Deity (called by many names) was "All in All" and how little have

they suspected the inner occult truth concealed by these carelessly

uttered words? The commonly used expression is a survival of the ancient

Hermetic Maxim quoted above. As the Kybalion says: "To him who truly

understands this truth, hath come great knowledge." And, this being so,

let us seek this truth, the understanding of which means so much. In

this statement of truth--this Hermetic Maxim--is concealed one of the

greatest philosophical, scientific and religious truths.

We have given you the Hermetic Teaching regarding the Mental Nature of

the Universe--the truth that "the Universe is Mental--held in the Mind

of THE ALL." As the Kybalion says, in the passage quoted above: "All is

in THE ALL." But note also the co-related statement, that: "It is

equally true that THE ALL is in ALL." This apparently contradictory

statement is reconcilable under the Law of Paradox. It is, moreover, an

exact Hermetic statement of the relations existing between THE ALL and

its Mental Universe. We have seen how "All is in THE ALL"--now let us

examine the other aspect of the subject.

The Hermetic Teachings are to the effect that THE ALL is Imminent in

("remaining within; inherent; abiding within") its Universe, and in

every part, particle, unit, or combination, within the Universe. This

statement is usually illustrated by the Teachers by a reference to the

Principle of Correspondence. The Teacher instructs the student to form a

Mental Image of something, a person, an idea, something having a mental

form, the favorite example being that of the author or dramatist forming

an idea of his characters; or a painter or sculptor forming an image of

an ideal that he wishes to express by his art. In each case, the student

will find that while the image has its existence, and being, solely

within his own mind, yet he, the student, author, dramatist, painter, or

sculptor, is, in a sense, immanent in; remaining within; or abiding

within, the mental image also. In other words, the entire virtue, life,

spirit, of reality in the mental image is derived from the "immanent

mind" of the thinker. Consider this for a moment, until the idea is

grasped.

To take a modern example, let us say that Othello, Iago, Hamlet, Lear,

Richard III, existed merely in the mind of Shakespeare, at the time of

their conception or creation. And yet, Shakespeare also existed within

each of these characters, giving them their vitality, spirit, and

action. Whose is the "spirit" of the characters that we know as

Micawber, Oliver Twist, Uriah Heep--is it Dickens, or have each of these

characters a personal spirit, independent of their creator? Have the

Venus of Medici, the Sistine Madonna, the Apollo Belvidere, spirits and

reality of their own, or do they represent the spiritual and mental

power of their creators? The Law of Paradox explains that both

propositions are true, viewed from the proper viewpoints. Micawber is

both Micawber, and yet Dickens. And, again, while Micawber may be said

to be Dickens, yet Dickens is not identical with Micawber. Man, like

Micawber, may exclaim: "The Spirit of my Creator is inherent within me--

and yet I am not HE!" How different this from the shocking half-truth so

vociferously announced by certain of the half-wise, who fill the air

with their raucous cries of: "I am God!" Imagine poor Micawber, or the

sneaky Uriah Heep, crying: "I Am Dickens"; or some of the lowly clods in

one of Shakespeare's plays, eloquently announcing that: "I Am

Shakespeare!" THE ALL is in the earthworm, and yet the earth-worm is far

from being THE ALL. And still the wonder remains, that though the

earth-worm exists merely as a lowly thing, created and having its being

solely within the Mind of THE ALL--yet THE ALL is immanent in the

earthworm, and in the particles that go to make up the earth-worm. Can

there be any greater mystery than this of "All in THE ALL; and THE ALL

in All?"

The student will, of course, realize that the illustrations given above

are necessarily imperfect and inadequate, for they represent the

creation of mental images in finite minds, while the Universe is a

creation of Infinite Mind--and the difference between the two poles

separates them. And yet it is merely a matter of degree--the same

Principle is in operation--the Principle of Correspondence manifests in

each--"As above, so Below; as Below, so above."

And, in the degree that Man realizes the existence of the Indwelling

Spirit immanent within his being, so will he rise in the spiritual scale

of life. This is what spiritual development means--the recognition,

realization, and manifestation of the Spirit within us. Try to remember

this last definition--that of spiritual development. It contains the

Truth of True Religion.

There are many planes of Being--many sub-planes of Life--many degrees of

existence in the Universe. And all depend upon the advancement of beings

in the scale, of which scale the lowest point is the grossest matter,

the highest being separated only by the thinnest division from the

SPIRIT of THE ALL. And, upward and onward along this Scale of Life,

everything is moving. All are on the Path, whose end is THE ALL. All

progress is a Returning Home. All is Upward and Onward, in spite of all

seemingly contradictory appearances. Such is the message of the

Illumined.

The Hermetic Teachings concerning the process of the Mental Creation of

the Universe, are that at the beginning of the Creative Cycle, THE ALL,

in its aspect of Being, projects its Will toward its aspect of

"Becoming" and the process of creation begins. It is taught that the

process consists of the lowering of Vibration until a very low degree of

vibratory energy is reached, at which point the grossest possible form

of Matter is manifested. This process is called the stage of Involution,

in which THE ALL becomes "involved," or "wrapped up," in its creation.

This process is believed by the Hermetists to have a Correspondence to

the mental process of an artist, writer, or inventor, who becomes so

wrapped up in his mental creation as to almost forget his own existence

and who, for the time being, almost "lives in his creation," If instead

of "wrapped" we use the word "rapt," perhaps we will give a better idea

of what is meant.

This Involuntary stage of Creation is sometimes called the "Outpouring"

of the Divine Energy, just as the Evolutionary state is called the

"Indrawing." The extreme pole of the Creative process is considered to

be the furthest removed from THE ALL, while the beginning of the

Evolutionary stage is regarded as the beginning of the return swing of

the pendulum of Rhythm--a "coming home" idea being held in all of the

Hermetic Teachings.

The Teachings are that during the "Outpouring," the vibrations become

lower and lower until finally the urge ceases, and the return swing

begins. But there is this difference, that while in the "Outpouring" the

creative forces manifest compactly and as a whole, yet from the

beginning of the Evolutionary or "Indrawing" stage, there is manifested

the Law of Individualization--that is, the tendency to separate into

Units of Force, so that finally that which left THE ALL as

unindividualized energy returns to its source as countless highly

developed Units of Life, having risen higher and higher in the scale by

means of Physical, Mental and Spiritual Evolution.

The ancient Hermetists use the word "Meditation" in describing the

process of the mental creation of the Universe in the Mind of THE ALL,

the word "Contemplation" also being frequently employed. But the idea

intended seems to be that of the employment of the Divine Attention.

"Attention" is a word derived from the Latin root, meaning "to reach

out; to stretch out," and so the act of Attention is really a mental

"reaching out; extension" of mental energy, so that the underlying idea

is readily understood when we examine into the real meaning of

"Attention."

The Hermetic Teachings regarding the process of Evolution are that, THE

ALL, having meditated upon the beginning of the Creation--having thus

established the material foundations of the Universe--having thought it

into existence--then gradually awakens or rouses from its Meditation and

in so doing starts into manifestation the process of Evolution, on the

material mental and spiritual planes, successively and in order. Thus

the upward movement begins--and all begins to move Spiritward. Matter

becomes less gross; the Units spring into being; the combinations begin

to form; Life appears and manifests in higher and higher forms; and Mind

becomes more and more in evidence--the vibrations constantly becoming

higher. In short, the entire process of Evolution, in all of its phases,

begins, and proceeds according to the established "Laws of the

Indrawing" process. All of this occupies aeons upon aeons of Man's time,

each aeon containing countless millions of years, but yet the Illumined

inform us that the entire creation, including Involution and Evolution,

of an Universe, is but "as the twinkle of the eye" to THE ALL. At the

end of countless cycles of aeons of time, THE ALL withdraws its

Attention--its Contemplation and Meditation--of the Universe, for the

Great Work is finished--and All is withdrawn into THE ALL from which it

emerged. But Mystery of Mysteries--the Spirit of each soul is not

annihilated, but is infinitely expanded--the Created and the Creator are

merged. Such is the report of the Illumined!

The above illustration of the "meditation," and subsequent "awakening

from meditation," of THE ALL, is of course but an attempt of the

teachers to describe the Infinite process by a finite example. And, yet:

"As Below, so Above." The difference is merely in degree. And just as

THE ALL arouses itself from the meditation upon the Universe, so does

Man (in time) cease from manifesting upon the Material Plane, and

withdraws himself more and more into the Indwelling Spirit, which is

indeed "The Divine Ego."

There is one more matter of which we desire to speak in this lesson, and

that comes very near to an invasion of the Metaphysical field of

speculation, although our purpose is merely to show the futility of such

speculation. We allude to the question which inevitably comes to the

mind of all thinkers who have ventured to seek the Truth. The question

is: "WHY does THE ALL create Universes" The question may be asked in

different forms, but the above is the gist of the inquiry.

Men have striven hard to answer this question, but still there is no

answer worthy of the name. Some have imagined that THE ALL had something

to gain by it, but this is absurd, for what could THE ALL gain that it

did not already possess? Others have sought the answer in the idea that

THE ALL "wished something to love" and others that it created for

pleasure, or amusement; or because it "was lonely" or to manifest its

power;--all puerile explanations and ideas, belonging to the childish

period of thought.

Others have sought to explain the mystery by assuming that THE ALL found

itself "compelled" to create, by reason of its own "internal

nature"--its "creative instinct." This idea is in advance of the others,

but its weak point lies in the idea of THE ALL being "compelled" by

anything, internal or external. If its "internal nature," or "creative

instinct," compelled it to do anything, then the "internal nature" or

"creative instinct" would be the Absolute, instead of THE ALL, and so

accordingly that part of the proposition falls. And, yet, THE ALL does

create and manifest, and seems to find some kind of satisfaction in so

doing. And it is difficult to escape the conclusion that in some

infinite degree it must have what would correspond to an "inner nature,"

or "creative instinct," in man, with correspondingly infinite Desire and

Will. It could not act unless it Willed to Act; and it would not Will to

Act, unless it Desired to Act and it would not Desire to Act unless it

obtained some Satisfaction thereby. And all of these things would belong

to an "Inner Nature," and might be postulated as existing according to

the Law of Correspondence. But, still, we prefer to think of THE ALL as

acting entirely FREE from any influence, internal as well as external.

That is the problem which lies at the root of difficulty--and the

difficulty that lies at the root of the problem.

Strictly speaking, there cannot be said to be any "Reason" whatsoever

for THE ALL to act, for a "reason" implies a "cause," and THE ALL is

above Cause and Effect, except when it Wills to become a Cause, at which

time the Principle is set into motion. So, you see, the matter is

Unthinkable, just as THE ALL is Unknowable. Just as we say THE ALL

merely "IS"--so we are compelled to say that "THE ALL ACTS BECAUSE IT

ACTS." At the last, THE ALL is All Reason in Itself; All Law in Itself;

All Action in Itself--and it may be said, truthfully, that THE ALL is

Its Own Reason; its own Law; its own Act--or still further, that THE

ALL; Its Reason; Its Act; is Law; are ONE, all being names for the same

thing. In the opinion of those who are giving you these present lessons,

the answer is locked up in the INNER SELF of THE ALL, along with its

Secret of Being. The Law of Correspondence, in our opinion, reaches only

to that aspect of THE ALL, which may be spoken of as "The Aspect of

BECOMING." Back of that Aspect is "The Aspect of BEING" in which all

Laws are lost in LAW; all Principles merge into PRINCIPLE--and THE ALL;

PRINCIPLE; and BEING; are IDENTICAL, ONE AND THE SAME. Therefore,

Metaphysical speculation on this point is futile. We go into the matter

here, merely to show that we recognize the question, and also the

absurdity of the ordinary answers of metaphysics and theology.

In conclusion, it may be of interest to our students to learn that while

some of the ancient, and modern, Hermetic Teachers have rather inclined

in the direction of applying the Principle of Correspondence to the

question, with the result of the "Inner Nature" conclusion,--still the

legends have it that HERMES, the Great, when asked this question by his

advanced students, answered them by PRESSING HIS LIPS TIGHTLY TOGETHER

and saying not a word, indicating that there WAS NO ANSWER. But, then,

he may have intended to apply the axiom of his philosophy, that: "The

lips of Wisdom are closed, except to the ears of Understanding,"

believing that even his advanced students did not possess the

Understanding which entitled them to the Teaching. At any rate, if

Hermes possessed the Secret, he failed to impart it, and so far as the

world is concerned THE LIPS OF HERMES ARE CLOSED regarding it. And where

the Great Hermes hesitated to speak, what mortal may dare to teach?

But, remember, that whatever be the answer to this problem, if indeed

there be an answer the truth remains that: "While All is in THE ALL, it

is equally true that THE ALL is in All." The Teaching on this point is

emphatic. And, we may add the concluding words of the quotation: "To him

who truly understands this truth, hath come great knowledge."

CHAPTER VIII

PLANES OF CORRESPONDENCE

"As above, so below; as below, so above."--The Kybalion.

The great Second Hermetic Principle embodies the truth that there is a

harmony, agreement, and correspondence between the several planes of

Manifestation, Life and Being. This truth is a truth because all that is

included in the Universe emanates from the same source, and the same

laws, principles, and characteristics apply to each unit, or combination

of units, of activity, as each manifests its own phenomena upon its own

plane.

For the purpose of convenience of thought and study, the Hermetic

Philosophy considers that the Universe may be divided into three great

classes of phenomena, known as the Three Great Planes, namely:

1. The Great Physical Plane.

2. The Great Mental Plane.

3. The Great Spiritual Plane.

These divisions are more or less artificial and arbitrary, for the truth

is that all of the three divisions are but ascending degrees of the

great scale of Life, the lowest point of which is undifferentiated

Matter, and the highest point that of Spirit. And, moreover, the

different Planes shade into each other, so that no hard and fast

division may be made between the higher phenomena of the Physical and

the lower of the Mental; or between the higher of the Mental and the

lower of the Physical.

In short, the Three Great Planes may be regarded as three great groups

of degrees of Life Manifestation. While the purposes of this little book

do not allow us to enter into an extended discussion of, or explanation

of, the subject of these different planes, still we think it well to

give a general description of the same at this point.

At the beginning we may as well consider the question so often asked by

the neophyte, who desires to be informed regarding the meaning of the

word "Plane", which term has been very freely used, and very poorly

explained, in many recent works upon the subject of occultism. The

question is generally about as follows: "Is a Plane a place having

dimensions, or is it merely a condition or state?" We answer: "No, not a

place, nor ordinary dimension of space; and yet more than a state or

condition. It may be considered as a state or condition, and yet the

state or condition is a degree of dimension, in a scale subject to

measurement." Somewhat paradoxical, is it not? But let us examine the

matter. A "dimension," you know, is "a measure in a straight line,

relating to measure," etc. The ordinary dimensions of space are length,

breadth, and height, or perhaps length, breadth, height, thickness or

circumference. But there is another dimension of "created things" or

"measure in a straight line," known to occultists, and to scientists as

well, although the latter have not as yet applied the term "dimension"

to it--and this new dimension, which, by the way, is the much speculated

-about "Fourth Dimension," is the standard used in determining the

degrees or "planes."

This Fourth Dimension may be called "The Dimension of Vibration" It is a

fact well known to modern science, as well as to the Hermetists who have

embodied the truth in their "Third Hermetic Principle," that "everything

is in motion; everything vibrates; nothing is at rest." From the

highest manifestation, to the lowest, everything and all things Vibrate.

Not only do they vibrate at different rates of motion, but as in

different directions and in a different manner. The degrees of the rate

of vibrations constitute the degrees of measurement on the Scale of

Vibrations--in other words the degrees of the Fourth Dimension. And

these degrees form what occultists call "Planes" The higher the degree

of rate of vibration, the higher the plane, and the higher the

manifestation of Life occupying that plane. So that while a plane is not

"a place," nor yet "a state or condition," yet it possesses qualities

common to both. We shall have more to say regarding the subject of the

scale of Vibrations in our next lessons, in which we shall consider the

Hermetic Principle of Vibration.

You will kindly remember, however, that the Three Great Planes are not

actual divisions of the phenomena of the Universe, but merely arbitrary

terms used by the Hermetists in order to aid in the thought and study of

the various degrees and Forms of universal activity and life. The atom

of matter, the unit of force, the mind of man, and the being of the arch

-angel are all but degrees in one scale, and all fundamentally the same,

the difference between solely a matter of degree, and rate of

vibration--all are creations of THE ALL, and have their existence solely

within the Infinite Mind of THE ALL.

The Hermetists sub-divide each of the Three Great Planes into Seven

Minor Planes, and each of these latter are also sub-divided into seven

sub-planes, all divisions being more or less arbitrary, shading into

each other, and adopted merely for convenience of scientific study and

thought.

The Great Physical Plane, and its Seven Minor Planes, is that division

of the phenomena of the Universe which includes all that relates to

physics, or material things, forces, and manifestations. It includes all

forms of that which we call Matter, and all forms of that which we call

Energy or Force. But you must remember that the Hermetic Philosophy does

not recognize Matter as a thing in itself, or as having a separate

existence even in the Mind of THE ALL. The Teachings are that Matter is

but a form of Energy--.that is, Energy at a low rate of vibrations of a

certain kind. And accordingly the Hermetists classify Matter under the

head of Energy, and give to it three of the Seven Minor Planes of the

Great Physical Plane.

These Seven Minor Physical Planes are as follows:

1. The Plane of Matter (A)

2. The Plane of Matter (B)

3. The Plane of Matter (C)

4. The Plane of Ethereal Substance

5. The Plane of Energy (A)

6. The Plane of Energy (B)

7. The Plane of Energy (C)

The Plane of Matter (A) comprises the forms of Matter in its form of

solids, liquids, and gases, as generally recognized by the text-books on

physics. The Plane of Matter (B) comprises certain higher and more

subtle forms of Matter of the existence of which modern science is but

now recognizing, the phenomena of Radiant Matter, in its phases of

radium, etc., belonging to the lower sub-division of this Minor Plane.

The Plane of Matter (C) comprises forms of the most subtle and tenuous

Matter, the existence of which is not suspected by ordinary scientists.

The Plane of Ethereal Substance comprises that which science speaks of

as "The Ether", a substance of extreme tenuity and elasticity, pervading

all Universal Space, and acting as a medium for the transmission of

waves of energy, such as light, heat, electricity, etc. This Ethereal

Substance forms a connecting link between Matter (so-called) and Energy,

and partakes of the nature of each. The Hermetic Teachings, however,

instruct that this plane has seven sub-divisions (as have all of the

Minor Planes), and that in fact there are seven ethers, instead of but

one.

Next above the Plane of Ethereal Substance comes the Plane of Energy

(A), which comprises the ordinary forms of Energy known to science, its

seven sub-planes being, respectively, Heat; Light; Magnetism;

Electricity, and Attraction (including Gravitation, Cohesion, Chemical

Affinity, etc.) and several other forms of energy indicated by

scientific experiments but not as yet named or classified. The Plane of

Energy (B) comprises seven subplanes of higher forms of energy not as

yet discovered by science, but which have been called "Nature's Finer

Forces" and which are called into operation in manifestations of certain

forms of mental phenomena, and by which such phenomena becomes possible.

The Plane of Energy (C) comprises seven sub-planes of energy so highly

organized that it bears many of the characteristics of "life," but which

is not recognized by the minds of men on the ordinary plane of

development, being available for the use on beings of the Spiritual

Plane alone--such energy is unthinkable to ordinary man, and may be

considered almost as "the divine power." The beings employing the same

are as "gods" compared even to the highest human types known to us.

The Great Mental Plane comprises those forms of "living things" known to

us in ordinary life, as well as certain other forms not so well known

except to the occultist. The classification of the Seven Minor Mental

Planes is more or less satisfactory and arbitrary (unless accompanied by

elaborate explanations which are foreign to the purpose of this

particular work), but we may as well mention them. They are as follows:

1. The Plane of Mineral Mind

2. The Plane of Elemental Mind (A)

3. The Plane of Plant Mind

4. The Plane of Elemental Mind (B)

5. The Plane of Animal Mind

6. The Plane of Elemental Mind (C)

7. The Plane of Human Mind

The Plane of Mineral Mind comprises the "states or conditions" of the

units or entities, or groups and combinations of the same, which animate

the forms known to us as "minerals, chemicals, etc." These entities must

not be confounded with the molecules, atoms and corpuscles themselves,

the latter being merely the material bodies or forms of these entities,

just as a man's body is but his material form and not "himself." These

entities may be called "souls" in one sense, and are living beings of a

low degree of development, life, and mind--just a little more than the

units of "living energy" which comprise the higher sub-divisions of the

highest Physical Plane. The average mind does not generally attribute

the possession of mind, soul, or life, to the mineral kingdom, but all

occultists recognize the existence of the same, and modern science is

rapidly moving forward to the point-of-view of the Hermetic, in this

respect. The molecules, atoms and corpuscles have their "loves and

hates"; "likes and dislikes"; "attractions and repulsions". "affinities

and non-affinities," etc., and some of the more daring of modern

scientific minds have expressed the opinion that the desire and will,

emotions and feelings, of the atoms differ only in degree from those of

men. We have no time or space to argue this matter here. All occultists

know it to be a fact, and others are referred to some of the more recent

scientific works for outside corroboration. There are the usual seven

sub-divisions to this plane.

The Plane of Elemental Mind (A) comprises the state or condition, and

degree of mental and vital development of a class of entities unknown to

the average man, but recognized to occultists. They are invisible to the

ordinary senses of man, but, nevertheless, exist and play their part of

the Drama of the Universe. Their degree of intelligence is between that

of the mineral and chemical entities on the one hand, and of the

entities of the plant kingdom on the other. There are seven subdivisions

to this plane, also.

The Plane of Plant Mind, in its seven sub-divisions, comprises the

states or conditions of the entities comprising the kingdoms of the

Plant World, the vital and mental phenomena of which is fairly well

understood by the average intelligent person, many new and interesting

scientific works regarding "Mind and Life in Plants" having been

published during the last decade. Plants have life, mind and "souls," as

well as have the animals, man, and super-man.

The Plane of Elemental Mind (B), in its seven sub-divisions, comprises

the states and conditions of a higher form of "elemental" or unseen

entities, playing their part in the general work of the Universe, the

mind and life of which form a part of the scale between the Plane of

Plant Mind and the Plane of Animal Mind, the entities partaking of the

nature of both.

The Plane of Animal Mind, in its seven sub-divisions, comprises the

states and conditions of the entities, beings, or souls, animating the

animal forms of life, familiar to us all. It is not necessary to go into

details regarding this kingdom or plane of life, for the animal world is

as familiar to us as is our own.

The Plane of Elemental Mind (C), in its seven sub-divisions, comprises

those entities or beings, invisible as are all such elemental forms,

which partake of the nature of both animal and human life in a degree

and in certain combinations. The highest forms are semi-human in

intelligence.

The Plane of Human Mind, in its seven sub-divisions, comprises those

manifestations of life and mentality which are common to Man, in his

various grades, degrees, and divisions. In this connection, we wish to

point out the fact that the average man of today occupies but the fourth

sub-division of the Plane of Human Mind, and only the most intelligent

have crossed the borders of the Fifth Sub-Division. It has taken the

race millions of years to reach this stage, and it will take many more

years for the race to move on to the sixth and seventh sub-divisions,

and beyond. But, remember, that there have been races before us which

have passed through these degrees, and then on to higher planes. Our own

race is the fifth (with stragglers from the fourth) which has set foot

upon The Path. And, then there are a few advanced souls of our own race

who have outstripped the masses, and who have passed on to the sixth and

seventh sub-division, and some few being still further on. The man of

the Sixth Sub-Division will be "The Super-Man"; he of the Seventh will

be "The Over-Man."

In our consideration of the Seven Minor Mental Planes, we have merely

referred to the Three Elementary Planes in a general way. We do not wish

to go into this subject in detail in this work, for it does not belong

to this part of the general philosophy and teachings. But we may say

this much, in order to give you a little clearer idea, of the relations

of these planes to the more familiar ones--the Elementary Planes bear

the same relation to the Planes of Mineral, Plant, Animal and Human

Mentality and Life, that the black keys on the piano do to the white

keys. The white keys are sufficient to produce music, but there are

certain scales, melodies, and harmonies, in which the black keys play

their part, and in which their presence is necessary. They are also

necessary as "connecting links" of soul-condition; entity states, etc.,

between the several other planes, certain forms of development being

attained therein--this last fact giving to the reader who can "read

between the lines" a new light upon the processes of Evolution, and a

new key to the secret door of the "leaps of life" between kingdom and

kingdom. The great kingdoms of Elementals are fully recognized by all

occultists, and the esoteric writings are full of mention of them. The

readers of Bulwer's "Sanoni" and similar tales will recognize the

entities inhabiting these planes of life.

Passing on from the Great Mental Plane to the Great Spiritual Plane,

what shall we say? How can we explain these higher states of Being, Life

and Mind, to minds as yet unable to grasp and understand the higher

subdivisions of the Plane of Human Mind? The task is impossible. We can

speak only in the most general terms. How may Light be described to a

man born blind--how sugar, to a man who has never tasted anything

sweet--how harmony, to one born deaf?

All that we can say is that the Seven Minor Planes of the Great

Spiritual Plane (each Minor Plane having its seven sub-divisions)

comprise Beings possessing Life, Mind and Form as far above that of Man

of to-day as the latter is above the earth-worm, mineral or even certain

forms of Energy or Matter. The Life of these Beings so far transcends

ours, that we cannot even think of the details of the same; their minds

so far transcend ours, that to them we scarcely seem to "think," and our

mental processes seem almost akin to material processes; the Matter of

which their forms are composed is of the highest Planes of Matter, nay,

some are even said to be "clothed in Pure Energy." What may be said of

such Beings?

On the Seven Minor Planes of the Great Spiritual Plane exist Beings of

whom we may speak as Angels; Archangels; Demi-Gods. On the lower Minor

Planes dwell those great souls whom we call Masters and Adepts. Above

them come the Great Hierarchies of the Angelic Hosts, unthinkable to

man; and above those come those who may without irreverence be called

"The Gods," so high in the scale of Being are they, their being,

intelligence and power being akin to those attributed by the races of

men to their conceptions of Deity. These Beings are beyond even the

highest flights of the human imagination, the word "Divine" being the

only one applicable to them. Many of these Beings, as well as the

Angelic Host, take the greatest interest in the affairs of the Universe

and play an important part in its affairs. These Unseen Divinities and

Angelic Helpers extend their influence freely and powerfully, in the

process of Evolution, and Cosmic Progress. Their occasional intervention

and assistance in human affairs have led to the many legends, beliefs,

religions and traditions of the race, past and present. They have

superimposed their knowledge and power upon the world, again and again,

all under the Law of THE ALL, of course.

But, yet, even the highest of these advanced Beings exist merely as

creations of, and in, the Mind of THE ALL, and are subject to the Cosmic

Processes and Universal Laws. They are still Mortal. We may call them

"gods" if we like, but still they are but the Elder Brethren of the

Race,--the advanced souls who have outstripped their brethren, and who

have foregone the ecstasy of Absorption by THE ALL, in order to help the

race on its upward journey along The Path. But, they belong to the

Universe, and are subject to its conditions--they are mortal--and their

plane is below that of Absolute Spirit.

Only the most advanced Hermetists are able to grasp the Inner Teachings

regarding the state of existence, and the powers manifested on the

Spiritual Planes. The phenomena is so much higher than that of the

Mental Planes that a confusion of ideas would surely result from an

attempt to describe the same. Only those whose minds have been carefully

trained along the lines of the Hermetic Philosophy for years--yes, those

who have brought with them from other incarnations the knowledge

acquired previously--can comprehend just what is meant by the Teaching

regarding these Spiritual Planes. And much of these Inner Teachings is

held by the Hermetists as being too sacred, important and even dangerous

for general public dissemination. The intelligent student may recognize

what we mean by this when we state that the meaning of "Spirit" as used

by the Hermetists is akin to "Living Power"; "Animated Force;" "Inner

Essence;" "Essence of Life," etc., which meaning must not be confounded

with that usually and commonly employed in connection with the term,

i.e., "religious; ecclesiastical; spiritual; ethereal; holy," etc., etc.

To occultists the word "Spirit" is used in the sense of "The Animating

Principle," carrying with it the idea of Power, Living Energy, Mystic

Force, etc. And occultists know that that which is known to them as

"Spiritual Power" may be employed for evil as well as good ends (in

accordance with the Principle of Polarity), a fact which has been

recognized by the majority of religions in their conceptions of Satan,

Beelzebub, the Devil, Lucifer, Fallen Angels, etc. And so the knowledge

regarding these Planes has been kept in the Holy of Holies in all

Esoteric Fraternities and Occult Orders,--in the Secret Chamber of the

Temple. But this may be said here, that those who have attained high

spiritual powers and have misused them, have a terrible fate in store

for them, and the swing of the pendulum of Rhythm will inevitably swing

them back to the furthest extreme of Material existence, from which

point they must retrace their steps Spiritward, along the weary rounds

of The Path, but always with the added torture of having always with

them a lingering memory of the heights from which they fell owing to

their evil actions. The legends of the Fallen Angels have a basis in

actual facts, as all advanced occultists know. The striving for selfish

power on the Spiritual Planes inevitably results in the selfish soul

losing its spiritual balance and falling back as far as it had

previously risen. But to even such a soul, the opportunity of a return

is given--and such souls make the return journey, paying the terrible

penalty according to the invariable Law.

In conclusion we would again remind you that according to the Principle

of Correspondence, which embodies the truth: "As Above so Below; as

Below, so Above," all of the Seven Hermetic Principles are in full

operation on all of the many planes, Physical Mental and Spiritual. The

Principle of Mental Substance of course applies to all the planes, for

all are held in the Mind of THE ALL. The Principle of Correspondence

manifests in all, for there is a correspondence, harmony and agreement

between the several planes. The Principle of Vibration manifests on all

planes, in fact the very differences that go to make the "planes" arise

from Vibration, as we have explained. The Principle of Polarity

manifests on each plane, the extremes of the Poles being apparently

opposite and contradictory. The Principle of Rhythm manifests on each

Plane, the movement of the phenomena having its ebb and flow, rise and

flow, incoming and outgoing. The Principle of Cause and Effect manifests

on each Plane, every Effect having its Cause and every Cause having its

effect. The Principle of Gender manifests on each Plane, the Creative

Energy being always manifest, and operating along the lines of its

Masculine and Feminine Aspects.

"As Above so Below; as Below, so Above." This centuries old Hermetic

axiom embodies one of the great Principles of Universal Phenomena. As we

proceed with our consideration of the remaining Principles, we will see

even more clearly the truth of the universal nature of this great

Principle of Correspondence.

CHAPTER IX

VIBRATION

"Nothing rests; everything moves; everything

vibrates."--The Kybalion.

The great Third Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Vibration--embodies

the truth that Motion is manifest in everything in the Universe--that

nothing is at rest--that everything moves, vibrates, and circles. This

Hermetic Principle was recognized by some of the early Greek philosophers

who embodied it in their systems. But, then, for centuries it was lost

sight of by the thinkers outside of the Hermetic ranks. But in the

Nineteenth Century physical science re-discovered the truth and the

Twentieth Century scientific discoveries have added additional proof of

the correctness and truth of this centuries-old Hermetic doctrine.

The Hermetic Teachings are that not only is everything in constant

movement and vibration, but that the "differences" between the various

manifestations of the universal power are due entirely to the varying

rate and mode of vibrations. Not only this, but that even THE ALL, in

itself, manifests a constant vibration of such an infinite degree of

intensity and rapid motion that it may be practically considered as at

rest, the teachers directing the attention of the students to the fact

that even on the physical plane a rapidly moving object (such as a

revolving wheel) seems to be at rest. The Teachings are to the effect

that Spirit is at one end of the Pole of Vibration, the other Pole being

certain extremely gross forms of Matter. Between these two poles are

millions upon millions of different rates and modes of vibration.

Modern Science has proven that all that we call Matter and Energy are

but "modes of vibratory motion," and some of the more advanced

scientists are rapidly moving toward the positions of the occultists who

hold that the phenomena of Mind are likewise modes of vibration or

motion. Let us see what science has to say regarding the question of

vibrations in matter and energy.

In the first place, science teaches that all matter manifests, in some

degree, the vibrations arising from temperature or heat. Be an object

cold or hot--both being but degrees of the same things--it manifests

certain heat vibrations, and in that sense is in motion and vibration.

Then all particles of Matter are in circular movement, from corpuscle to

suns. The planets revolve around suns, and many of them turn on their

axes. The suns move around greater central points, and these are

believed to move around still greater, and so on, ad infinitum. The

molecules of which the particular kinds of Matter are composed are in a

state of constant vibration and movement around each other and against

each other. The molecules are composed of Atoms, which, likewise, are in

a state of constant movement and vibration. The atoms are composed of

Corpuscles, sometimes called "electrons," "ions," etc., which also are

in a state of rapid motion, revolving around each other, and which

manifest a very rapid state and mode of vibration. And, so we see that

all forms of Matter manifest Vibration, in accordance with the Hermetic

Principle of Vibration.

And so it is with the various forms of Energy. Science teaches that

Light, Heat, Magnetism and Electricity are but forms of vibratory motion

connected in some way with, and probably emanating from the Ether.

Science does not as yet attempt to explain the nature of the phenomena

known as Cohesion, which is the principle of Molecular Attraction; nor

Chemical Affinity, which is the principle of Atomic Attraction; nor

Gravitation (the greatest mystery of the three), which is the principle

of attraction by which every particle or mass of Matter is bound to

every other particle or mass. These three forms of Energy are not as yet

understood by science, yet the writers incline to the opinion that these

too are manifestations of some form of vibratory energy, a fact which

the Hermetists have held and taught for ages past.

The Universal Ether, which is postulated by science without its nature

being understood clearly, is held by the Hermetists to be but a higher

manifestation of that which is erroneously called matter--that is to

say, Matter at a higher degree of vibration--and is called by them "The

Ethereal Substance." The Hermetists teach that this Ethereal Substance

is of extreme tenuity and elasticity, and pervades universal space,

serving as a medium of transmission of waves of vibratory energy, such

as heat, light, electricity, magnetism, etc. The Teachings are that The

Ethereal Substance is a connecting link between the forms of vibratory

energy known as "Matter" on the one hand, and "Energy or Force" on the

other; and also that it manifests a degree of vibration, in rate and

mode, entirely its own.

Scientists have offered the illustration of a rapidly moving wheel, top,

or cylinder, to show the effects of increasing rates of vibration. The

illustration supposes a wheel, top, or revolving cylinder, running at a

low rate of speed--we will call this revolving thing "the object" in

following out the illustration. Let us suppose the object moving slowly.

It may be seen readily, but no sound of its movement reaches the ear.

The speed is gradually increased. In a few moments its movement becomes

so rapid that a deep growl or low note may be heard. Then as the rate is

increased the note rises one in the musical scale. Then, the motion

being still further increased, the next highest note is distinguished.

Then, one after another, all the notes of the musical scale appear,

rising higher and higher as the motion is increased. Finally when the

motions have reached a certain rate the final note perceptible to human

ears is reached and the shrill, piercing shriek dies away, and silence

follows. No sound is heard from the revolving object, the rate of motion

being so high that the human ear cannot register the vibrations. Then

comes the perception of rising degrees of Heat. Then after quite a time

the eye catches a glimpse of the object becoming a dull dark reddish

color. As the rate increases, the red becomes brighter. Then as the

speed is increased, the red melts into an orange. Then the orange melts

into a yellow. Then follow, successively, the shades of green, blue,

indigo, and finally violet, as the rate of sped increases. Then the

violet shades away, and all color disappears, the human eye not

being able to register them. But there are invisible rays emanating from

the revolving object, the rays that are used in photographing, and other

subtle rays of light. Then begin to manifest the peculiar rays known as

the "X Rays," etc., as the constitution of the object changes.

Electricity and Magnetism are emitted when the appropriate rate of

vibration is attained.

When the object reaches a certain rate of vibration its molecules

disintegrate, and resolve themselves into the original elements or

atoms. Then the atoms, following the Principle of Vibration, are

separated into the countless corpuscles of which they are composed. And

finally, even the corpuscles disappear and the object may be said to Be

composed of The Ethereal Substance. Science does not dare to follow the

illustration further, but the Hermetists teach that if the vibrations be

continually increased the object would mount up the successive states of

manifestation and would in turn manifest the various mental stages, and

then on Spiritward, until it would finally re-enter THE ALL, which is

Absolute Spirit. The "object," however, would have ceased to be an

"object" long before the stage of Ethereal Substance was reached, but

otherwise the illustration is correct inasmuch as it shows the effect of

constantly increased rates and modes of vibration. It must be

remembered, in the above illustration, that at the stages at which the

"object" throws off vibrations of light, heat, etc., it is not actually

"resolved" into those forms of energy (which are much higher in the

scale), but simply that it reaches a degree of vibration in which those

forms of energy are liberated, in a degree, from the confining

influences of its molecules, atoms and corpuscles, as the case may be.

These forms of energy, although much higher in the scale than matter,

are imprisoned and confined in the material combinations, by reason of

the energies manifesting through, and using material forms, but thus

becoming entangled and confined in their creations of material forms,

which, to an extent, is true of all creations, the creating force

becoming involved in its creation.

But the Hermetic Teachings go much further than do those of modern

science. They teach that all manifestation of thought, emotion, reason,

will or desire, or any mental state or condition, are accompanied by

vibrations, a portion of which are thrown off and which tend to affect

the minds of other persons by "induction." This is the principle which

produces the phenomena of "telepathy"; mental influence, and other forms

of the action and power of mind over mind, with which the general public

is rapidly becoming acquainted, owing to the wide dissemination of

occult knowledge by the various schools, cults and teachers along these

lines at this time.

Every thought, emotion or mental state has its corresponding rate and

mode of vibration. And by an effort of the will of the person, or of

other persons, these mental states may be reproduced, just as a musical

tone may be reproduced by causing an instrument to vibrate at a certain

rate--just as color may be reproduced in the same may. By a knowledge of

the Principle of Vibration, as applied to Mental Phenomena, one may

polarize his mind at any degree he wishes, thus gaining a perfect

control over his mental states, moods, etc. In the same way he may

affect the minds of others, producing the desired mental states in them.

In short, he may be able to produce on the Mental Plane that which

science produces on the Physical Plane--namely, "Vibrations at Will."

This power of course may be acquired only by the proper instruction,

exercises, practice, etc., the science being that of Mental

Transmutation, one of the branches of the Hermetic Art.

A little reflection on what we have said will show the student that the

Principle of Vibration underlies the wonderful phenomena of the power

manifested by the Masters and Adepts, who are able to apparently set

aside the Laws of Nature, but who, in reality, are simply using one law

against another; one principle against others; and who accomplish their

results by changing the vibrations of material objects, or forms of

energy, and thus perform what are commonly called "miracles."

As one of the old Hermetic writers has truly said: "He who understands

the Principle of Vibration, has grasped the scepter of Power."

CHAPTER X

POLARITY

"Everything is dual; everything has poles; everything

has its pair of opposites; like and unlike are the same;

opposites are identical in nature, but different in degree;

extremes meet; all truths are but half-truths; all paradoxes

may be reconciled."--The Kybalion.

The great Fourth Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Polarity embodies

the truth that all manifested things have "two sides"; "two aspects";

"two poles"; a "pair of opposites," with manifold degrees between the

two extremes. The old paradoxes, which have ever perplexed the mind of

men, are explained by an understanding of this Principle. Man has always

recognized something akin to this Principle, and has endeavored to

express it by such sayings, maxims and aphorisms as the following:

"Everything is and isn't, at the same time"; "all truths are but

half-truths"; "every truth is half-false"; "there are two sides to

everything"--"there is a reverse side to every shield," etc., etc.

The Hermetic Teachings are to the effect that the difference between

things seemingly diametrically opposed to each other is merely a matter

of degree. It teaches that "the pairs of opposites may be reconciled,"

and that "thesis and anti-thesis are identical in nature, but different

in degree"; and that the "universal reconciliation of opposites" is

effected by a recognition of this Principle of Polarity. The teachers

claim that illustrations of this Principle may be had on every hand, and

from an examination into the real nature of anything. They begin by

showing that Spirit and Matter are but the two poles of the same thing,

the intermediate planes being merely degrees of vibration. They show

that THE ALL and The Many are the same, the difference being merely a

matter of degree of Mental Manifestation. Thus the LAW and Laws are the

two opposite poles of one thing. Likewise, PRINCIPLE and Principles.

Infinite Mind and finite minds.

Then passing on to the Physical Plane, they illustrate the Principle by

showing that Heat and Cold are identical in nature, the differences

being merely a matter of degrees. The thermometer shows many degrees of

temperature, the lowest pole being called "cold," and the highest

"heat." Between these two poles are many degrees of "heat" or "cold,"

call them either and you are equally correct. The higher of two degrees

is always "warmer," while the lower is always "colder." There is no

absolute standard-all is a matter of degree. There is no place on the

thermometer where heat ceases and cold begins. It is all a matter of

higher or lower vibrations. The very terms "high" and "low," which we

are compelled to use, are but poles of the same thing-the terms are

relative. So with "East and West"--travel around the world in an

eastward direction, and you reach a point which is called west at your

starting point, and you return from that westward point. Travel far

enough North, and you will find yourself traveling South, or vice versa.

Light and Darkness are poles of the same thing, with many degrees

between them. The musical scale is the same--starting with "C" you move

upward until you reach another "C" and so on, the differences between

the two ends of the board being the same, with many degrees between the

two extremes. The scale of color is the same-higher and lower vibrations

being the only difference between high violet and low red. Large and

Small are relative. So are Noise and Quiet; Hard and Soft follow the

rule. Likewise Sharp and Dull. Positive and Negative are two poles of

the same thing, with countless degrees between them.

Good and Bad are not absolute--we call one end of the scale Good and the

other Bad, or one end Good and the other Evil, according to the use of

the terms. A thing is "less good" than the thing higher in the scale;

but that "less good" thing, in turn, is "more good" than the thing next

below it--and so on, the "more or less" being regulated by the position

on the scale.

And so it is on the Mental Plane. "Love and. Hate" are generally

regarded as being things diametrically opposed to each other; entirely

different; unreconcilable. But we apply the Principle of Polarity; we

find that there is no such thing as Absolute Love or Absolute Hate, as

distinguished from each other. The two are merely terms applied to the

two poles of the same thing. Beginning at any point of the scale we find

"more love," or "less hate," as we ascend the scale; and "more hate" or

"less love" as we descend this being true no matter from what point,

high or low, we may start. There are degrees of Love and Hate, and there

is a middle point where "Like and Dislike" become so faint that it is

difficult to distinguish between them. Courage and Fear come under the

same rule. The Pairs of Opposites exist everywhere. Where you find one

thing you find its opposite-the two poles.

And it is this fact that enables the Hermetist to transmute one mental

state into another, along the lines of Polarization. Things belonging to

different classes cannot be transmuted into each other, but things of

the same class may be changed, that is, may have their polarity changed.

Thus Love never becomes East or West, or Red or Violet-but it may and

often does turn into Hate and likewise Hate may be transformed into

Love, by changing its polarity. Courage may be transmuted into Fear, and

the reverse. Hard things may be rendered Soft. Dull things become Sharp.

Hot things become Cold. And so on, the transmutation always being

between things of the same kind of different degrees. Take the case of a

Fearful man. By raising his mental vibrations along the line of Fear-

Courage, he can be filled with the highest degree of Courage and

Fearlessness. And, likewise, the Slothful man may change himself into an

Active, Energetic individual simply by polarizing along the lines of the

desired quality.

The student who is familiar with the processes by which the various

schools of Mental Science, etc., produce changes in the mental states of

those following their teachings, may not readily understand the

principle underlying many of these changes. When, however, the Principle

of Polarity is once grasped, and it is seen that the mental changes are

occasioned by a change of polarity-a sliding along the same scale-the

hatter is readily understood. The change is not in the nature of a

transmutation of one thing into another thing entirely different-but is

merely a change of degree in the same things, a vastly important

difference. For instance, borrowing an analogy from the Physical Plane,

it is impossible to change Heat into Sharpness, Loudness, Highness,

etc., but Heat may readily be transmuted into Cold, simply by lowering

the vibrations. In the same way Hate and Love are mutually transmutable;

so are Fear and Courage. But Fear cannot be transformed into Love, nor

can Courage be transmuted into Hate. The mental states belong to

innumerable classes, each class of which has its opposite poles, along

which transmutation is possible.

The student will readily recognize that in the mental states, as well as

in the phenomena of the Physical Plane, the two poles may be classified

as Positive and Negative, respectively. Thus Love is Positive to Hate;

Courage to Fear; Activity to Non-Activity, etc., etc. And it will also

be noticed that even to those unfamiliar with the Principle of

Vibration, the Positive pole seems to be of a higher degree than the

Negative, and readily dominates it. The tendency of Nature is in the

direction of the dominant activity of the Positive pole.

In addition to the changing of the poles of one's own mental states by

the operation of the art of Polarization, the phenomena of Mental

Influence, in its manifold phases, shows us that the principle may be

extended so as to embrace the phenomena of the influence of one mind

over that of another, of which so much has been written and taught of

late years. When it is understood that Mental Induction is possible,

that is that mental states may be produced by "induction" from others,

then we can readily see how a certain rate of vibration, or polarization

of a certain mental state, may be communicated to another person, and

his polarity in that class of mental states thus changed. It is along

this principle that the results of many of the "mental treatments" are

obtained. For instance, a person is "blue," melancholy and full of fear.

A mental scientist bringing his own mind up to the desired vibration by

his trained will, and thus obtaining the desired polarization in his own

case, then produces a similar mental state in the other by induction,

the result being that the vibrations are raised and the person polarizes

toward the Positive end of the scale instead toward the Negative, and

his Fear and other negative emotions are transmuted to Courage and

similar positive mental states. A little study will show you that these

mental changes are nearly all along the line of Polarization, the change

being one of degree rather than of kind.

A knowledge of the existence of this great Hermetic Principle will

enable the student to better understand his own mental states, and those

of other people. He will see that these states are all matters of

degree, and seeing thus, he will be able to raise or lower the vibration

at will--to change his mental poles, and thus be Master of his mental

states, instead of being their servant and slave. And by his knowledge

he will be able to aid his fellows intelligently and by the appropriate

methods change the polarity when the same is desirable. We advise all

students to familiarize themselves with this Principle of Polarity, for

a correct understanding of the same will throw light on many difficult

subjects.

CHAPTER XI

RHYTHM

"Everything flows out and in; everything has its tides;

all things rise and fall; the pendulum-swing manifests

in everything; the measure of the swing to the right,

is the measure of the swing to the left; rhythm

compensates"--The Kybalion.

The great Fifth Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Rhythm-embodies the

truth that in everything there is manifested a measured motion; a

to-and-from movement; a flow and inflow; a swing forward and backward; a

pendulum-like movement; a tide-like ebb and flow; a high-tide and a low-

tide; between the two-poles manifest on the physical, mental or

spiritual planes. The Principle of rhythm is closely connected with the

Principle of Polarity described in the preceding chapter. Rhythm

manifests between the two poles established by the Principle of

Polarity. This does not mean, however, that the pendulum of Rhythm

swings to the extreme poles, for this rarely happens; in fact, it is

difficult to establish the extreme polar opposites in the majority of

cases. But the swing is ever "toward" first one pole and then the other.

There is always an action and reaction; an advance and a retreat; a

rising and a sinking; manifested in all of the airs and phenomena of the

Universe. Suns, worlds, men, animals, plants, minerals, forces, energy,

mind and matter, yes, even Spirit, manifests this Principle. The

Principle manifests in the creation and destruction of worlds; in the

rise and fall of nations; in the life history of all things; and finally

in the mental states of Man.

Beginning with the manifestations of Spirit--of THE ALL--it will be

noticed that there is ever the Outpouring and the Indrawing; the

"Outbreathing and Inbreathing of Brahm," as the Brahmans word it.

Universes are created; reach their extreme low point of materiality; and

then begin in their upward swing. Suns spring into being, and then their

height of power being reached, the process of retrogression begins, and

after aeons they become dead masses of matter, awaiting another impulse

which starts again their inner energies into activity and a new solar

life cycle is begun. And thus it is with all the worlds; they are born,

grow and die; only to be reborn. And thus it is with all the things of

shape and form; they swing from action to reaction; from birth to death;

from activity to inactivity--and then back again. Thus it is with all

living things; they are born, grow, and die--and then are reborn. So it

is with all great movements, philosophies, creeds, fashions,

governments, nations, and all else-birth, growth, maturity, decadence,

death-and then new-birth. The swing of the pendulum is ever in evidence.

Night follows day; and day night. The pendulum swings from Summer to

Winter, and then back again. The corpuscles, atoms, molecules, and all

masses of matter, swing around the circle of their nature. There is no

such thing as absolute rest, or cessation from movement, and all

movement partakes of rhythm. The principle is of universal application.

It may be applied to any question, or phenomena of any of the many

planes of life. It may be applied to all phases of human activity.

There is always the Rhythmic swing from one pole to the other. The

Universal Pendulum is ever in motion. The Tides of Life flow in and out,

according to Law.

The Principle of rhythm is well understood by modern science, and is

considered a universal law as applied to material things. But the

Hermetists carry the principle much further, and know that its

manifestations and influence extend to the mental activities of Man, and

that it accounts for the bewildering succession of moods, feelings and

other annoying and perplexing changes that we notice in ourselves. But

the Hermetists by studying the operations of this Principle have learned

to escape some of its activities by Transmutation.

The Hermetic Masters long since discovered that while the Principle of

Rhythm was invariable, and ever in evidence in mental phenomena, still

there were two planes of its manifestation so far as mental phenomena

are concerned. They discovered that there were two general planes of

Consciousness, the Lower and the Higher, the understanding of which fact

enabled them to rise to the higher plane and thus escape the swing of

the Rhythmic pendulum which manifested on the lower plane. In other

words, the swing of the pendulum occurred on the Unconscious Plane, and

the Consciousness was not affected. This they call the Law of

Neutralization. Its operations consist in the raising of the Ego above

the vibrations of the Unconscious Plane of mental activity, so that the

negative-swing of the pendulum is not manifested in consciousness, and

therefore they are not affected. It is akin to rising above a thing and

letting it pass beneath you. The Hermetic Master, or advanced student,

polarizes himself at the desired pole, and by a process akin to

"refusing" to participate in the backward swing or, if you prefer, a

"denial" of its influence over him, he stands firm in his polarized

position, and allows the mental pendulum to swing back along the

unconscious plane. All individuals who have attained any degree of self-

mastery, accomplish this, more or less unknowingly, and by refusing to

allow their moods and negative mental states to affect them, they apply

the Law of Neutralization. The Master, however, carries this to a much

higher degree of proficiency, and by the use of his Will he attains

a degree of Poise and Mental Firmness almost impossible of belief on the

part of those who allow themselves to be swung backward and forward by

the mental pendulum of moods and feelings.

The importance of this will be appreciated by any thinking person who

realizes what creatures of moods, feelings and emotion the majority of

people are, and how little mastery of themselves they manifest. If you

will stop and consider a moment, you will realize how much these swings

of Rhythm have affected you in your life--how a period of Enthusiasm has

been invariably followed by an opposite feeling and mood of Depression.

Likewise, your moods and periods of Courage have been succeeded by equal

moods of Fear. And so it has ever been with the majority of

persons--tides of feeling have ever risen and fallen with them, but they

have never suspected the cause or reason of the mental phenomena. An

understanding of the workings of this Principle will give one the key to

the Mastery of these rhythmic swings of feeling, and will enable him to

know himself better and to avoid being carried away by these inflows and

outflows. The Will is superior to the conscious manifestation of this

Principle, although the Principle itself can never be destroyed. We may

escape its effects, but the Principle operates, nevertheless. The

pendulum ever swings, although we may escape being carried along with

it.

There are other features of the operation of this Principle of Rhythm of

which we wish to speak at this point. There comes into its operations

that which is known as the Law of Compensation. One of the definitions

or meanings of the word "Compensate" is, "to counterbalance" which is

the sense in which the Hermetists use the term. It is this Law of

Compensation to which the Kybalion refers when it says: "The measure of

the swing to the right is the measure of the swing to the left; rhythm

compensates."

The Law of Compensation is that the swing in one direction determines

the swing in the opposite direction, or to the opposite pole-the one

balances, or counterbalances, the other. On the Physical Plane we see

many examples of this Law. The pendulum of the clock swings a certain

distance to the right, and then an equal distance to the left. The

seasons balance each other in the same way. The tides follow the same

Law. And the same Law is manifested in all the phenomena of Rhythm. The

pendulum, with a short swing in one direction, has but a short swing in

the other; while the long swing to the right invariably means the long

swing to the left. An object hurled upward to a certain height has an

equal distance to traverse on its return. The force with which a

projectile is sent upward a mile is reproduced when the projectile

returns to the earth on its return journey. This Law is constant on the

Physical Plane, as reference to the standard authorities will show you.

But the Hermetists carry it still further. They teach that a man's

mental states are subject to the same Law. The man who enjoys keenly, is

subject to keen suffering; while he who feels but little pain is capable

of feeling but little joy. The pig suffers but little mentally, and

enjoys but little--he is compensated. And on the other hand, there are

other animals who enjoy keenly, but whose nervous organism and

temperament cause them to suffer exquisite degrees of pain and so it is

with Man. There are temperaments which permit of but low degrees of

enjoyment, and equally low degrees of suffering; while there are others

which permit the most intense enjoyment, but also the most intense

suffering. The rule is that the capacity for pain and pleasure, in each

individual, are balanced. The Law of Compensation is in full operation

here.

But the Hermetists go still further in this matter. They teach that

before one is able to enjoy a certain degree of pleasure, he must have

swung as far, proportionately, toward the other pole of feeling. They

hold, however, that the Negative is precedent to the Positive in this

matter, that is to say that in experiencing a certain degree of pleasure

it does not follow that he will have to "pay up for it" with a

corresponding degree of pain; on the contrary, the pleasure is the

Rhythmic swing, according to the Law of Compensation, for a degree of

pain previously experienced either in the present life, or in a previous

incarnation. This throws a new light on the Problem of Pain.

The Hermetists regard the chain of lives as continuous, and as forming a

part of one life of the individual, so that in consequence the rhythmic

swing is understood in this way, while it would be without meaning

unless the truth of reincarnation is admitted.

But the Hermetists claim that the Master or advanced student is able, to

a great degree, to escape the swing toward Pain, by the process of

Neutralization before mentioned. By rising on to the higher plane of the

Ego, much of the experience that comes to those dwelling on the lower

plane is avoided and escaped.

The Law of Compensation plays an important part in the lives of men and

women. It will be noticed that one generally "pays the price" of

anything he possesses or lacks. If he has one thing, he lacks

another--the balance is struck. No one can "keep his penny and have the

bit of cake" at the same time Everything has its pleasant and unpleasant

sides. The things that one gains are always paid for by the things that

one loses. The rich possess much that the poor lack, while the poor

often possess things that are beyond the reach of the rich. The

millionaire may have the inclination toward feasting, and the wealth

wherewith to secure all the dainties and luxuries of the table, while he

lacks the appetite to enjoy the same; he envies the appetite and

digestion of the laborer who lacks the wealth and inclinations of the

millionaire, and who gets more pleasure from his plain food than the

millionaire could obtain even if his appetite were not jaded, nor his

digestion ruined, for the wants, habits and inclinations differ. And so

it is through life. The Law of Compensation is ever in operation,

striving to balance and counter-balance, and always succeeding in time,

even though several lives may be required for the return swing of the

Pendulum of Rhythm.

CHAPTER XII

CAUSATION

"Every Cause has its Effect; every Effect has its Cause;

everything happens according to Law; Chance is but a

name for Law not recognized; there are many planes of

causation, but nothing escapes the Law."--The Kybalion.

The great Sixth Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Cause and

Effect--embodies the truth that Law pervades the Universe; that nothing

happens by Chance; that Chance is merely a term indicating cause

existing but not recognized or perceived; that phenomena is continuous,

without break or exception.

The Principle of Cause and Effect underlies all scientific thought,

ancient and modern, and was enunciated by the Hermetic Teachers in the

earliest days. While many and varied disputes between the many schools

of thought have since arisen, these disputes have been principally upon

the details of the operations of the Principle, and still more often

upon the meaning of certain words. The underlying Principle of Cause and

Effect has been accepted as correct by practically all the thinkers of

the world worthy of the name. To think otherwise would be to take the

phenomena of the universe from the domain of Law and Order, and to

relegate it; to the control of the imaginary something which men have

called "Chance."

A little consideration will show anyone that there is in reality no such

thing as pure chance. Webster defines the word "Chance" as follows: "A

supposed agent or mode of activity other than a force, law or purpose;

the operation or activity of such agent; the supposed effect of such an

agent; a happening; fortuity; casualty, etc." But a little consideration

will show you that there can be no such agent as "Chance," in the sense

of something outside of Law-something outside of Cause and Effect. How

could there be a something acting in the phenomenal universe,

independent of the laws, order, and continuity of the latter? Such a

something would be entirely independent of the orderly trend of the

universe, and therefore superior to it. We can imagine nothing outside

of THE ALL being outside of the Law, and that only because THE ALL is

the LAW in itself. There is no room in the universe for a something

outside of and independent of Law. The existence of such a Something

would render all Natural Laws ineffective, and would plunge the universe

into chaotic disorder and lawlessness.

A careful examination will show that what we call "Chance" is merely an

expression relating to obscure causes; causes that we cannot perceive;

causes that we cannot understand. The word Chance is derived from a word

Meaning "to fall" (as the falling of dice), the idea being that the fall

of the dice (and many other happenings) are merely a "happening"

unrelated to any cause. And this is the sense in which the term is

generally employed. But when the matter is closely examined, it is seen

that there is no chance whatsoever about the fall of the dice. Each time

a die falls, and displays a certain number, it obeys a law as infallible

as that which governs the revolution of the planets around the sun. Back

of the fall of the die are causes, or chains of causes, running back

further than the mind can follow. The position of the die in the box;

the amount of muscular energy expended in the throw; the condition of

the table, etc., etc., all are causes, the effect of which may be seen.

But back of these seen causes there are chains of unseen preceding

causes, all of which had a bearing upon the number of the die which fell

uppermost.

If a die be cast a great number of times, it will be found that the

numbers shown will be about equal, that is, there will be an equal

number of one-spot, two-spot, etc., coming uppermost. Toss a penny in

the air, and it may come down either "heads" or "tails"; but make a

sufficient number of tosses, and the heads and tails will about even up.

This is the operation of the law of average. But both the average and

the single toss come under the Law of Cause and Effect, and if we were

able to examine into the preceding causes, it would be clearly seen that

it was simply impossible for the die to fall other than it did, under

the same circumstances and at the same time. Given the same causes, the

same results will follow. There is always a "cause" and a "because" to

every event. Nothing ever "happens" without a cause, or rather a chain

of causes.

Some confusion has arisen in the minds of persons considering this

Principle, from the fact that they were unable to explain how one thing

could cause another thing--that is, be the "creator" of the second

thing. As a matter of fact, no "thing" ever causes or "creates" another

"thing." Cause and Effect deals merely with "events." An "event" is

"that which comes, arrives or happens, as a result or consequent of some

preceding event." No event "creates" another event, but is merely a

preceding link in the great orderly chain of events flowing from the

creative energy of THE ALL. There is a continuity between all events

precedent, consequent and subsequent. There is a relation existing

between everything that has gone before, and everything that follows. A

stone is dislodged from a mountain side and crashes through a roof of a

cottage in the valley below. At first sight we regard this as a chance

effect, but when we examine the matter we find a great chain of causes

behind it. In the first place there was the rain which softened the

earth supporting the stone and which allowed it to fall; then back of

that was the influence of the sun, other rains, etc., which gradually

disintegrated the piece of rock from a larger piece; then there were the

causes which led to the formation of the mountain, and its upheaval by

convulsions of nature, and so on ad infinitum. Then we might follow up

the causes behind the rain, etc. Then we might consider the existence of

the roof In short, we would soon find ourselves involved in a mesh of

cause and effect, from which we would soon strive to extricate

ourselves.

Just as a man has two parents, and four grandparents, and eight

great-grandparents, and sixteen great-great-grandparents, and so on

until when, say, forty generations are calculated the numbers of

ancestors run into many millions--so it is with the number of causes

behind even the most trifling event or phenomena, such as the passage of

a tiny speck of soot before your eye. It is not an easy matter to trace

the bit of soot hack to the early period of the world's history when it

formed a part of a massive tree-trunk, which was afterward converted

into coal, and so on, until as the speck of soot it now passes before

your vision on its way to other adventures. And a mighty chain of

events, causes and effects, brought it to its present condition, and the

later is but one of the chain of events which will go to produce other

events hundreds of years from now. One of the series of events arising

from the tiny bit of soot was the writing of these lines, which caused

the typesetter to perform certain work; the proofreader to do likewise;

and which will arouse certain thoughts in your mind, and that of others,

which in turn will affect others, and so on, and on, and on, beyond the

ability of man to think further-and all from the passage of a tiny bit

of soot, all of which shows the relativity and association of things,

and the further fact that "there is no great; there is no small, in the

mind that causeth all."

Stop to think a moment. If a certain man had not met a certain maid,

away back in the dim period of the Stone Age--you who are now reading

these lines would not now be here. And if, perhaps, the same couple had

failed to meet, we who now write these lines would not now be here. And

the very act of writing, on our part, and the act of reading, on yours,

will affect not only the respective lives of yourself and ourselves, but

will also have a direct, or indirect, affect upon many other people now

living and who will live in the ages to come. Every thought we think,

every act we perform, has its direct and indirect results which fit into

the great chain of Cause and Effect.

We do not wish to enter into a consideration of Free Will, or

Determinism, in this work, for various reasons. Among the many reasons,

is the principal one that neither side of the controversy is entirely

right-in fact, both sides are partially right, according to the Hermetic

Teachings. The Principle of Polarity shows that both are but Half-Truths

the opposing poles of Truth. The Teachings are that a man may be both

Free and yet bound by Necessity, depending upon the meaning of the

terms, and the height of Truth from which the matter is examined. The

ancient writers express the matter thus: "The further the creation is

from the Centre, the more it is bound; the nearer the Centre it reaches,

the nearer Free is it."

The majority of people are more or less the slaves of heredity,

environment, etc., and manifest very little Freedom. They are swayed by

the opinions, customs and thoughts of the outside world, and also by

their emotions, feelings, moods, etc. They manifest no Mastery, worthy

of the name. They indignantly repudiate this assertion, saying, "Why, I

certainly am free to act and do as I please--I do just what I want to

do," but they fail to explain whence arise the "want to" and "as I

please." What makes them "want to" do one thing in preference to

another; what makes them "please" to do this, and not do that? Is there

no "because" to their "pleasing" and "Wanting"? The Master can change

these "pleases" and "wants" into others at the opposite end of the

mental pole. He is able to "Will to will," instead of to will because

some feeling, mood, emotion, or environmental suggestion arouses a

tendency or desire within him so to do.

The majority of people are carried along like the falling stone,

obedient to environment, outside influences and internal moods, desires,

etc., not to speak of the desires and wills of others stronger than

themselves, heredity, environment, and suggestion, carrying them along

without resistance on their part, or the exercise of the Will. Moved

like the pawns on the checkerboard of life, they play their parts and

are laid aside after the game is over. But the Masters, knowing the

rules of the game, rise above the plane of material life, and placing

themselves in touch with the higher powers of their nature, dominate

their own moods, characters, qualities, and polarity, as well as the

environment surrounding them and thus become Movers in the game, instead

of Pawns-Causes instead of Effects. The Masters do not escape the

Causation of the higher planes, but fall in with the higher laws, and

thus master circumstances on the lower plane. They thus form a conscious

part of the Law, instead of being mere blind instruments. While they

Serve on the Higher Planes, they Rule on the Material Plane.

But, on higher and on lower, the Law is always in operation. There is no

such thing as Chance. The blind goddess has been abolished by Reason. We

are able to see now, with eyes made clear by knowledge, that everything

is governed by Universal Law-that the infinite number of laws are but

manifestations of the One Great Law-the LAW which is THE ALL. It is true

indeed that not a sparrow drops unnoticed by the Mind of THE AL--that

even the hairs on our head are numbered--as the scriptures have said

There is nothing outside of Law; nothing that happens contrary to it.

And yet, do not make the mistake of supposing that Man is but a blind

automaton-far from that. The Hermetic Teachings are that Man may use Law

to overcome laws, and that the higher will always prevail against the

lower, until at last he has reached the stage in which he seeks refuge

in the LAW itself, and laughs the phenomenal laws to scorn. Are you able

to grasp the inner meaning of this?

CHAPTER XIII

GENDER

"Gender is in everything; everything has its Masculine

and Feminine Principles; Gender manifests on all

planes."--The Kybalion.

The great Seventh Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Gender-embodies

the truth that there is Gender manifested in everything-that the

Masculine and Feminine principles are ever present and active in all

phases of phenomena, on each and every plane of life. At this point we

think it well to call your attention to the fact that Gender, in its

Hermetic sense, and Sex in the ordinarily accepted use of the term, are

not the same.

The word "Gender" is derived from the Latin root meaning "to beget; to

procreate; to generate; to create; to produce." A moment's consideration

will show you that the word has a much broader and more general meaning

than the term "Sex," the latter referring to the physical distinctions

between male and female living things. Sex is merely a manifestation of

Gender on a certain plane of the Great Physical Plane--the plane of

organic life. We wish to impress this distinction upon your minds, for

the reason that certain writers, who have acquired a smattering of the

Hermetic Philosophy, have sought to identify this Seventh Hermetic

Principle with wild and fanciful, and often reprehensible, theories and

teachings regarding Sex.

The office of Gender is solely that of creating, producing, generating,

etc., and its manifestations are visible on every plane of phenomena. It

is somewhat difficult to produce proofs of this along scientific lines,

for the reason that science has not as yet recognized this Principle as

of universal application. But still some proofs are forthcoming from

scientific sources. In the first place, we find a distinct manifestation

of the Principle of Gender among the corpuscles, ions, or electrons,

which constitute the basis of Matter as science now knows the latter,

and which by forming certain combinations form the Atom, which until

lately was regarded as final and indivisible.

The latest word of science is that the atom is composed of a multitude

of corpuscles, electrons, or ions (the various names being applied by

different authorities) revolving around each other and vibrating at a

high degree and intensity. But the accompanying statement is made that

the formation of the atom is really due to the clustering of negative

corpuscles around a positive one---the positive corpuscles seeming to

exert a certain influence upon the negative corpuscles, causing the

latter to assume certain combinations and thus "create" or "generate" an

atom. This is in line with the most ancient Hermetic Teachings, which

have always identified the Masculine principle of Gender with the

"Positive," and the Feminine with the "Negative" Poles of Electricity

(so called).

Now a word at this point regarding this identification. The public mind

has formed an entirely erroneous impression regarding the qualities of

the so-called "Negative" pole of electrified or magnetized Matter. The

terms Positive and Negative are very wrongly applied to this phenomenon

by science. The word Positive means something real and strong, as

compared with a Negative unreality or weakness. Nothing is further from

the real facts of electrical phenomenon. The so-called Negative pole of

the battery is really the pole in and by which the generation or

production of new forms and energies is manifested. There is nothing

"negative" about it. The best scientific authorities now use the word

"Cathode" in place of "Negative," the word Cathode coming from the Greek

root meaning "descent; the path of generation, etc," From the Cathode

pole emerge the swarm of electrons or corpuscles; from the same pole

emerge those wonderful "rays" which have revolutionized scientific

conceptions during the past decade. The Cathode pole is the Mother of

all of the strange phenomena which have rendered useless the old

textbooks, and which have caused many long accepted theories to be

relegated to the scrap-pile of scientific speculation. The Cathode, or

Negative Pole, is the Mother Principle of Electrical Phenomena, and of

the finest forms of matter as yet known to science. So you see we are

justified in refusing to use the term "Negative" in our consideration of

the subject, and in insisting upon substituting the word "Feminine" for

the old term. The facts of the case bear us out in this, without taking

the Hermetic Teachings into consideration. And so we shall use the word

"Feminine" in the place of "Negative" in speaking of that pole of

activity.

The latest scientific teachings are that the creative corpuscles or

electrons are Feminine (science says "they are composed of negative

electricity"-we say they are composed of Feminine energy). A Feminine

corpuscle becomes detached from, or rather leaves, a Masculine

corpuscle, and starts on a new career. It actively seeks a union with a

Masculine corpuscle, being urged thereto by the natural impulse to

create new forms of Matter or Energy. One writer goes so far as to use

the term "it at once seeks, of its own volition, a union," etc. This

detachment and uniting form the basis of the greater part of the

activities of the chemical world. When the Feminine corpuscle unites

with a Masculine corpuscle, a certain process is begun. The Feminine

particles vibrate rapidly under the influence of the Masculine energy,

and circle rapidly around the latter. The result is the birth of a new

atom. This new atom is really composed of a union of the Masculine and

Feminine electrons, or corpuscles, but when the union is formed the atom

is a separate thing, having certain properties, but no longer

manifesting the property of free electricity. The process of detachment

or separation of the Feminine electrons is called "ionization." These

electrons, or corpuscles, are the most active workers in Nature's field.

Arising from their unions, or combinations, manifest the varied

phenomena of light, heat, electricity, magnetism, attraction,

repulsion, chemical affinity and the reverse, and similar phenomena. And

all this arises from the operation of the Principle of Gender on the

plane of Energy.

The part of the Masculine principle seems to be that of directing a

certain inherent energy toward the Feminine principle, and thus starting

into activity the creative processes. But the Feminine principle is the

one always doing the active creative work-and this is so on all planes.

And yet, each principle is incapable of operative energy without the

assistance of the other. In some of the forms of life, the two

principles are combined in one organism. For that matter, everything in

the organic world manifests both genders--there is always the Masculine

present in the Feminine form, and the Feminine form. The Hermetic

Teachings include much regarding the operation of the two principles of

Gender in the production and manifestation of various forms of energy,

etc., but we do not deem it expedient to go into detail regarding the

same at this point, because we are unable to back up the same with

scientific proof, for the reason that science has not as yet progressed

thus far. But the example we have given you of the phenomena of the

electrons or corpuscles will show you that science is on the right path,

and will also give you a general idea of the underlying principles.

Some leading scientific investigators have announced their belief that

in the formation of crystals there was to be found something that

corresponded to "sex-activity" which is another straw showing the

direction the scientific winds are blowing. And each year will bring

other facts to corroborate the correctness of the Hermetic Principle of

Gender. It will be found that Gender is in constant operation and

manifestation in the field of inorganic matter, and in the field of

Energy or Force. Electricity is now generally regarded as the

"Something" into which all other forms of energy seem to melt or

dissolve. The "Electrical Theory of the Universe" is the latest

scientific doctrine, and is growing rapidly in popularity and

general acceptance. And it thus follows that if we are able to discover

in the phenomena of electricity-even at the very root and source of its

manifestations a clear and unmistakable evidence of the presence of

Gender and its activities, we are justified in asking you to believe

that science at last has offered proofs of the existence in all

universal phenomena of that great Hermetic Principle-the Principle of

Gender.

It is not necessary to take up your time with the well known phenomena

of the "attraction and repulsion" of the atoms; chemical affinity; the

"loves and hates" of the atomic particles; the attraction or cohesion

between the molecules of matter. These facts are too well known to need

extended comment from us. But, have you ever considered that all of

these things are manifestations of the Gender Principle? Can you not see

that the phenomena is "on all fours" with that of the corpuscles or

electrons? And more than this, can you not see the reasonableness of the

Hermetic Teachings which assert that the very Law of Gravitation-that

strange attraction by reason of which all particles and bodies of matter

in the universe tend toward each other is but another manifestation of

the Principle of Gender, which operates in the direction of attracting

the Masculine to the Feminine energies, and vice versa? We cannot offer

you scientific proof of this at this time-but examine the phenomena in

the light of the Hermetic Teachings on the subject, and see if you have

not a better working hypothesis than any offered by physical science.

Submit all physical phenomena to the test, and you will discern the

Principle of Gender ever in evidence.

Let us now pass on to a consideration of the operation of the Principle

on the Mental Plane. Many interesting features are there awaiting

examination.

CHAPTER XIV

MENTAL GENDER

Students of psychology who have followed the modern trend of thought

along the lines of mental phenomena are struck by the persistence of the

dual-mind idea which has manifested itself so strongly during the past

ten or fifteen years, and which has given rise to a number of plausible

theories regarding the nature and constitution of these "two minds." The

late Thomson J. Hudson attained great popularity in 1893 by advancing

his well-known theory of the "objective and subjective minds" which he

held existed in every individual. Other writers have attracted almost

equal attention by the theories regarding the "conscious and

subconscious minds"; the "voluntary and involuntary minds"; "the active

and passive minds," etc., etc. The theories of the various writers

differ from each other, but there remains the underlying principle of

"the duality of mind."

The student of the Hermetic Philosophy is tempted to smile when he reads

and hears of these many "new theories" regarding the duality of mind,

each school adhering tenaciously to its own pet theories, and each

claiming to have "discovered the truth." The student turns back the

pages of occult history, and away back in the dim beginnings of occult

teachings he finds references to the ancient Hermetic doctrine of the

Principle of Gender on the Mental Plane-the manifestation of Mental

Gender. And examining further he finds that the ancient philosophy took

cognizance of the phenomenon of the "dual mind," and accounted for it by

the theory of Mental Gender. This idea of Mental Gender may be explained

in a few words to students who are familiar with the modern theories

just alluded to. The Masculine Principle of Mind corresponds to the

so-called Objective Mind; Conscious Mind; Voluntary Mind; Active Mind,

etc. And the Feminine Principle of Mind corresponds to the so-called

Subjective Mind; Sub-conscious Mind; Involuntary Mind; Passive Mind,

etc. Of course the Hermetic Teachings do not agree with the many modern

theories regarding the nature of the two phases of mind, nor does it

admit many of the facts claimed for the two respective aspects--some of

the said theories and claims being very far-fetched and incapable of

standing the test of experiment and demonstration. We point to the

phases of agreement merely for the purpose of helping the student to

assimilate his previously acquired knowledge with the teachings of the

Hermetic Philosophy. Students of Hudson will notice the statement at the

beginning of his second chapter of "The Law of Psychic Phenomena," that:

"The mystic jargon of the Hermetic philosophers discloses the same

general idea" i.e., the duality of mind. If Dr. Hudson had taken

the time and trouble to decipher a little of "the mystic jargon of the

Hermetic Philosophy," he might have received much light upon the subject

of "the dual mind"--but then, perhaps, his most interesting work might

not have been written. Let us now consider the Hermetic Teachings

regarding Mental Gender.

The Hermetic Teachers impart their instruction regarding this subject by

bidding their students examine the report of their consciousness

regarding their Self. The students are bidden to turn their attention

inward upon the Self dwelling within each. Each student is led to see

that his consciousness gives him first a report of the existence of his

Self-the report is "I Am." This at first seems to be the final words

from the consciousness, but a little further examination discloses the

fact that this "I Am" may be separated or split into two distinct parts,

or aspects, which while working in unison and in conjunction, yet,

nevertheless, may be separated in consciousness.

While at first there seems to be only an "I" existing, a more careful

and closer examination reveals the fact that there exists an "I" and a

"Me." These mental twins differ in their characteristics and nature, and

an examination of their nature and the phenomena arising from the same

will throw much light upon many of the problems of mental influence.

Let us begin with a consideration of the Me, which is usually mistaken

for the I by the student, until he presses the inquiry a little further

back into the recesses of consciousness. A man thinks of his Self (in

its aspect of Me) as being composed of certain feelings, tastes likes,

dislikes, habits, peculiar ties, characteristics, etc., all of which go

to make up his personality, or the "Self" known to himself and others.

He knows that these emotions and feelings change; are born and die away;

are subject to the Principle of Rhythm, and the Principle of Polarity,

which take him from one extreme of feeling to another. He also thinks of

the "Me" as being certain knowledge gathered together in his mind, and

thus forming a part of himself. This is the "Me" of a man.

But we have proceeded too hastily. The "Me" of many men may be said to

consist largely of their consciousness of the body and their physical

appetites, etc. Their consciousness being largely bound up with their

bodily nature, they practically "live there." Some men even go so far as

to regard their personal apparel as a part of their "Me" and actually

seem to consider it a part of themselves. A writer has humorously said

that "men consist of three parts--soul, body and clothes." These

"clothes conscious" people would lose their personality if divested of

their clothing by savages upon the occasion of a shipwreck. But even

many who are not so closely bound up with the idea of personal raiment

stick closely to the consciousness of their bodies being their "Me" They

cannot conceive of a Self independent of the body. Their mind seems to

them to be practically "a something belonging to" their body-which in

many cases it is indeed.

But as man rises in the scale of consciousness he is able to disentangle

his "Me" from his idea of body, and is able to think of his body as

"belonging to" the mental part of him. But even then he is very apt to

identify the "Me" entirely with the mental states, feelings, etc., which

he feels to exist within him. He is very apt to consider these internal

states as identical with himself, instead of their being simply "things"

produced by some part of his mentality, and existing within him--of him,

and in him, but still not "himself." He sees that he may change these

internal states of feelings by all effort of will, and that he may

produce a feeling or state of an exactly opposite nature, in the same

way, and yet the same "Me" exists. And so after a while he is able to

set aside these various mental states, emotions, feelings, habits,

qualities, characteristics, and other personal mental belongings--he is

able to set them aside in the "not-me" collection of curiosities and

encumbrances, as well as valuable possessions. This requires much mental

concentration and power of mental analysis on the part of the student.

But still the task is possible for the advanced student, and even those

not so far advanced are able to see, in the imagination, how the process

may be performed.

After this laying-aside process has been performed, the student will

find himself in conscious possession of a "Self" which may be considered

in its "I" and "Me" dual aspects. The "Me" will be felt to be a

Something mental in which thoughts, ideas, emotions, feelings, and other

mental states may be produced. It may be considered as the "mental

womb," as the ancients styled it-capable of generating mental offspring.

It reports to the consciousness as a "Me" with latent powers of creation

and generation of mental progeny of all sorts and kinds. Its powers of

creative energy are felt to be enormous. But still it seems to be

conscious that it must receive some form of energy from either its "I"

companion, or else from some other "I" ere it is able to bring into

being its mental creations. This consciousness brings with it a

realization of an enormous capacity for mental work and creative

ability.

But the student soon finds that this is not all that he finds within his

inner consciousness. He finds that there exists a mental Something which

is able to Will that the "Me" act along certain creative lines, and

which is also able to stand aside and witness the mental creation. This

part of himself he is taught to call his "I." He is able to rest in its

consciousness at will. He finds there not a consciousness of an ability

to generate and actively create, in the sense of the gradual process

attendant upon mental operations, but rather a sense and consciousness

of an ability to project an energy from the "I" to the "Me"--a process

of "willing" that the mental creation begin and proceed. He also finds

that the "I" is able to stand aside and witness the operations of the

"Me's" mental creation and generation. There is this dual aspect in the

mind of every person. The "I" represents the Masculine Principle of

Mental Gender-the "Me" represents the Female Principle. The "I"

represents the Aspect of Being; the "Me" the Aspect of Becoming. You

will notice that the Principle of Correspondence operates on this plane

just as it does upon the great plane upon which the creation of

Universes is performed. The two are similar in kind, although

vastly different in degree. "As above, so below; as below, so above."

These aspects of mind-the Masculine and Feminine Principles-the "I" and

the "Me"-considered in connection with the well-known mental and psychic

phenomena, give the master-key to these dimly known regions of mental

operation and manifestation. The principle of Mental Gender gives the

truth underlying the whole field of the phenomena of mental influence,

etc.

The tendency of the Feminine Principle is always in the direction of

receiving impressions, while the tendency of the Masculine Principle is

always in the direction of giving, out or expressing. The Feminine

Principle has much more varied field of operation than has the Masculine

Principle. The Feminine Principle conducts the work of generating new

thoughts, concepts, ideas, including the work of the imagination. The

Masculine Principle contents itself with the work of the "Will" in its

varied phases. And yet, without the active aid of the Will of the

Masculine Principle, the Feminine Principle is apt to rest content with

generating mental images which are the result of impressions received

from outside, instead of producing original mental creations.

Persons who can give continued attention and thought to a subject

actively employ both of the Mental Principles-the Feminine in the work

of the mental generation, and the Masculine Will in stimulating and

energizing the creative portion of the mind. The majority of persons

really employ the Masculine Principle but little, and are content to

live according to the thoughts and ideas instilled into the "Me" from

the "I" of other minds. But it is not our purpose to dwell upon this

phase of the subject, which may be studied from any good text-book upon

psychology, with the key that we have given you regarding Mental Gender.

The student of Psychic Phenomena is aware of the wonderful phenomena

classified under the head of Telepathy; Thought Transference; Mental

Influence; Suggestion; Hypnotism, etc. Many have sought for an

explanation of these varied phases of phenomena under the theories of

the various "dual mind" teachers. And in a measure they are right, for

there is clearly a manifestation of two distinct phases of mental

activity. But if such students will consider these "dual minds" in the

light of the Hermetic Teachings regarding Vibrations and Mental Gender,

they will see that the long sought for key is at hand.

In the phenomena of Telepathy it is seen how the Vibratory Energy of the

Masculine Principle is projected toward the Feminine Principle of

another person, and the latter takes the seed-thought and allows it to

develop into maturity. In the same way Suggestion and Hypnotism

operates. The Masculine Principle of the person giving the suggestions

directs a stream of Vibratory Energy or Will-Power toward the Feminine

Principle of the other person, and the latter accepting it makes it its

own and acts and thinks accordingly. An idea thus lodged in the mind of

another person grows and develops, and in time is regarded as the

rightful mental offspring of the individual, whereas it is in reality

like the cuckoo egg placed in the sparrows nest, where it destroys the

rightful offspring and makes itself at home. The normal method is for

the Masculine and Feminine Principles in a person's mind to co-ordinate

and act harmoniously in conjunction with each other, but, unfortunately,

the Masculine Principle in the average person is too lazy to act-the

display of Will-Power is too slight-and the consequence is that such

persons are ruled almost entirely by the minds and wills of other

persons, whom they allow to do their thinking and willing for them.

How few original thoughts or original actions are performed by the

average person? Are not the majority of persons mere shadows and echoes

of others having stronger wills or minds than themselves? The trouble is

that the average person dwells almost altogether in his "Me"

consciousness and does not realize that he has such a thing as an "I."

He is polarized in his Feminine Principle of Mind, and the Masculine

Principle, in which is lodged the Will, is allowed to remain inactive

and not employed.

The strong men and women of the world invariably manifest the Masculine

Principle of Will, and their strength depends materially upon this fact.

Instead of living upon the impressions made upon their minds by others,

they dominate their own minds by their Will, obtaining the kind of

mental images desired, and moreover dominate the minds of others

likewise, in the same manner. Look at the strong people, how they manage

to implant their seed-thoughts in the minds of the masses of the people,

thus causing the latter to think thoughts in accordance with the desires

and wills of the strong individuals. This is why the masses of people

are such sheeplike creatures, never originating an idea of their own,

nor using their own powers of mental activity.

The manifestation of Mental Gender may be noticed all around us in

everyday life. The magnetic persons are those who are able to use the

Masculine Principle in the way of impressing their ideas upon others.

The actor who makes people weep or cry as he wills, is employing this

principle. And so is the successful orator, statesman, preacher, writer

or other people who are before the public attention. The peculiar

influence exerted by some people over others is due to the manifestation

of Mental Gender, along the Vibrational lines above indicated. In this

principle lies the secret of personal magnetism, personal influence,

fascination, etc., as well as the phenomena generally grouped under the

name of Hypnotism.

The student who has familiarized himself with the phenomena generally

spoken of as "psychic" will have discovered the important part played in

the said phenomena by that force which science has styled "Suggestion,"

by which term is meant the process or method whereby an idea is

transferred to, or "impressed upon" the mind of another, causing the

second mind to act in accordance therewith. A correct understanding of

Suggestion is necessary in order to intelligently comprehend the varied

psychical phenomena which Suggestion underlies. But, still more is a

knowledge of Vibration and Mental Gender necessary for the student of

Suggestion. For the whole principle of Suggestion depends upon the

principle of Mental Gender and Vibration.

It is customary for the writers and teachers of Suggestion to explain

that it is the "objective or voluntary" mind which make the mental

impression, or suggestion, upon the "subjective or involuntary" mind.

But they do not describe the process or give us any analogy in nature

whereby we may more readily comprehend the idea. But if you will think

of the matter in the light of the Hermetic Teachings you will be able to

see that the energizing of the Feminine Principle by the Vibratory

Energy of the Masculine Principle Is in accordance to the universal laws

of nature, and that the natural world affords countless analogies

whereby the principle may be understood. In fact, the Hermetic Teachings

show that the very creation of the Universe follows the same law, and

that in all creative manifestations, upon the planes of the spiritual,

the mental, and the physical, there is always in operation this

principle of Gender-this manifestation of the Masculine and the Feminine

Principles. "As above, so below; as below, so above." And more than

this, when the principle of Mental Gender is once grasped and

understood, the varied phenomena of psychology at once becomes capable

of intelligent classification and study, instead of being very much in

the dark. The principle "works out" in practice, because it is based

upon the immutable universal laws of life.

We shall not enter into an extended discussion of, or description of,

the varied phenomena of mental influence or psychic activity. There are

many books, many of them quite good, which have been written and

published on this subject of late years. The main facts stated in these

various books are correct, although the several writers have attempted

to explain the phenomena by various pet theories of their own. The

student may acquaint himself with these matters, and by using the theory

of Mental Gender he will be able to bring order out of the chaos of

conflicting theory and teachings, and may, moreover, readily make

himself a master of the subject if he be so inclined. The purpose of

this work is not to give an extended account of psychic phenomena but

rather to give to the student a master-key whereby He may unlock the

many doors leading into the parts of the Temple of Knowledge which he

may wish to explore. We feel that in this consideration of the teachings

of The Kybalion, one may find an explanation which will serve to clear

away many perplexing difficulties--a key that will unlock many doors.

What is the use of going into detail regarding all of the many features

of psychic phenomena and mental science, provided we place in the hands

of the student the means whereby he may acquaint himself fully regarding

any phase of the subject which may interest him. With the aid of The

Kybalion one may go through any occult library anew, the old Light from

Egypt illuminating many dark pages, and obscure subjects. That is the

purpose of this book. We do not come expounding a new philosophy, but

rather furnishing the outlines of a great world-old teaching which will

make clear the teachings of others-which will serve as a Great

Reconciler of differing: theories, and opposing doctrines.

CHAPTER XV

HERMETIC AXIOMS

"The possession of Knowledge, unless accompanied by a

manifestation and expression in Action, is like the

hoarding of precious metals-a vain and foolish thing.

Knowledge, like wealth, is intended for Use. The Law of

Use is Universal, and he who violates it suffers by

reason of his conflict with natural forces."--The Kybalion.

The Hermetic Teachings, while always having been kept securely locked up

in the minds of the fortunate possessors thereof, for reasons which we

have already stated, were never intended to be merely stored away and

secreted. The Law of Use is dwelt upon in the Teachings, as you may see

by reference to the above quotation from The Kybalion, which states it

forcibly. Knowledge without Use and Expression is a vain thing, bringing

no good to its possessor, or to the race. Beware of Mental Miserliness,

and express into Action that which you have learned. Study the Axioms

and Aphorisms, but practice them also.

We give below some of the more important Hermetic Axioms, from The

Kybalion, with a few comments added to each. Make these your own, and

practice and use them, for they are not really your own until you have

Used them.

"To change your mood or mental state--change your

vibration."--The Kybalion.

One may change his mental vibrations by an effort of Will, in the

direction of deliberately fixing the Attention upon a more desirable

state. Will directs the Attention, and Attention changes the Vibration.

Cultivate the Art of Attention, by means of the Will, and you have

solved the secret of the Mastery of Moods and Mental States.

"To destroy an undesirable rate of mental vibration,

put into operation the principle of Polarity and

concentrate upon the opposite pole to that which

you desire to suppress. Kill out the undesirable by

changing its polarity."--The Kybalion.

This is one of the most important of the Hermetic Formulas. It is based

upon true scientific principles. We have shown you that a mental state

and its opposite were merely the two poles of one thing, and that by

Mental Transmutation the polarity might be reversed. This Principle is

known to modern psychologists, who apply it to the breaking up of

undesirable habits by bidding their students concentrate upon the

opposite quality. If you are possessed of Fear, do not waste time trying

to "kill out" Fear, but instead cultivate the quality of Courage, and

the Fear will disappear. Some writers have expressed this idea most

forcibly by using the illustration of the dark room. You do not have to

shovel out or sweep out the Darkness, but by merely opening the shutters

and letting in the Light the Darkness has disappeared. To kill out a

Negative quality, concentrate upon the Positive Pole of that same

quality, and the vibrations will gradually change from Negative to

Positive, until finally you will become polarized on the

Positive pole instead of the Negative. The reverse is also true, as many

have found out to their sorrow, when they have allowed themselves to

vibrate too constantly on the Negative pole of things. By changing your

polarity you may master your moods, change your mental states, remake

your disposition, and build up character. Much of the Mental Mastery of

the advanced Hermetics is due to this application of Polarity, which is

one of the important aspects of Mental Transmutation. Remember the

Hermetic Axiom (quoted previously), which says:

"Mind (as well as metals and elements) may be transmuted

from state to state; degree to degree, condition to

condition; pole to pole; vibration to vibration."--The Kybalion.

The mastery of Polarization is the mastery of the fundamental principles

of Mental Transmutation or Mental Alchemy, for unless one acquires the

art of changing his own polarity, he will be unable to affect his

environment. An understanding of this principle will enable one to

change his own Polarity, as well as that of others, if he will but

devote the time, care, study and practice necessary to master the art.

The principle is true, but the results obtained depend upon the

persistent patience and practice of the student.

"Rhythm may be neutralized by an application of the Art

of Polarization."--The Kybalion.

As we have explained in previous chapters, the Hermetists hold that the

Principle of Rhythm manifests on the Mental Plane as well as on the

Physical Plane, and that the bewildering succession of moods, feelings,

emotions, and other mental states, are due to the backward and forward

swing of the mental pendulum, which carries us from one extreme of

feeling to the other. The Hermetists also teach that the Law of

Neutralization enables one, to a great extent, to overcome the operation

of Rhythm in consciousness. As we have explained, there is a Higher

Plane of Consciousness, as well as the ordinary Lower Plane, and the

Master by rising mentally to the Higher Plane causes the swing of the

mental pendulum to manifest on the Lower Plane, and he, dwelling on his

Higher Plane, escapes the consciousness of the swing backward. This is

effected by polarizing on the Higher Self, and thus raising the mental

vibrations of the Ego above those of the ordinary plane of

consciousness. It is akin to rising above a thing and allowing it to

pass beneath you. The advanced Hermetist polarizes himself at the

Positive Pole of his Being-the "I Am" pole rather than the pole of

personality and by "refusing" and "denying" the operation of Rhythm,

raises himself above its plane of consciousness, and standing firm in

his Statement of Being he allows the pendulum to swing back on the Lower

Plane without changing his Polarity. This is accomplished by all

individuals who have attained any degree of self-mastery, whether

they understand the law or not. Such persons simply "refuse" to allow

themselves to be swung back by the pendulum of mood and emotion, and by

steadfastly affirming the superiority they remain polarized on the

Positive pole. The Master, of course, attains a far greater degree of

proficiency, because he understands the law which he is overcoming by a

higher law, and by the use of his Will he attains a degree of Poise and

Mental Steadfastness almost impossible of belief on the part of those

who allow themselves to be swung backward and forward by the mental

pendulum of moods and feelings.

Remember always, however, that you do not really destroy the Principle

of Rhythm, for that is indestructible. You simply overcome one law by

counter-balancing it with another and thus maintain an equilibrium. The

laws of balance and counter-balance are in operation on the mental as

well as on the physical planes, and an understanding of these laws

enables one to seem to overthrow laws, whereas he is merely exerting a

counterbalance.

"Nothing escapes the Principle of Cause and Effect,

but there are many Planes of Causation, and one may use

the laws of the higher to overcome the laws of the

lower."--The Kybalion.

By an understanding of the practice of Polarization, the Hermetists rise

to a higher plane of Causation and thus counter-balance the laws of the

lower planes of Causation. By rising above the plane of ordinary Causes

they become themselves, in a degree, Causes instead of being merely

Caused. By being able to master their own moods and feelings, and by

being able to neutralize Rhythm, as we have already explained, they are

able to escape a great part of the operations of Cause and Effect on the

ordinary plane. The masses of people are carried along, obedient to

their environment; the wills and desires of others stronger than

themselves; the effects of inherited tendencies; the suggestions of

those about them; and other outward causes; which tend to move them

about on the chess-board of life like mere pawns. By rising above these

influencing causes, the advanced Hermetists seek a higher plane of

mental action, and by dominating their moods, emotions, impulses and

feelings, they create for themselves new characters, qualities and

powers, by which they overcome their ordinary environment, and thus

become practically players instead of mere Pawns. Such people help to

play the game of life understandingly, instead of being moved about this

way and that way by stronger influences and powers and wills. They use

the Principle of Cause and Effect, instead of being used by

it. Of course, even the highest are subject to the Principle as it

manifests on the higher planes, but on the lower planes of activity,

they are Masters instead of Slaves. As The Kybalion says:

"The wise ones serve on the higher, but rule on the lower.

They obey the laws coming from above them, But on their

own plane, and those below them they rule and give orders.

And, yet, in so doing, they form a part of the Principle,

instead of opposing it. The wise man falls in with the Law,

and by understanding its movements he operates it instead

of being its blind slave. Just as does the skilled swimmer

turn this way and that way, going and coming as he will,

instead of being as the log which is carried here and

there--so is the wise man as compared to the ordinary

man--and yet both swimmer and log; wise man and fool,

are subject to Law. He who understands this is well on

the road to Mastery."--The Kybalion.

In conclusion let us again call your attention to the Hermetic Axiom:

"True Hermetic Transmutation is a Mental Art."--The Kybalion.

In the above axiom, the Hermetists teach that the great work of

influencing one's environment is accomplished by Mental Power. The

Universe being wholly mental, it follows that it may be ruled only by

Mentality. And in this truth is to be found an explanation of all the

phenomena and manifestations of the various mental powers which are

attracting so much attention and study in these earlier years of the

Twentieth Century. Back of and under the teachings of the various cults

and schools, remains ever constant the Principle of the Mental Substance

of the Universe. If the Universe be Mental in its substantial nature,

then it follows that Mental Transmutation must change the conditions and

phenomena of the Universe. If the Universe is Mental, then Mind must be

the highest power affecting its phenomena. If this be understood then

all the so-called "miracles" and "wonder-workings" are seen plainly for

what they are.

"THE ALL is MIND; The Universe is Mental."--The Kybalion.

FINIS

End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Kybalion, by Three Initiates

*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE KYBALION ***

***** This file should be named 14209.txt or 14209.zip *****

This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:

http://www.gutenberg.net/1/4/2/0/14209/

Produced by Tamblyne <tamblyne@digital-daybook.com>

Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions

will be renamed.

Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no

one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation

(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without

permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,

set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to

copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to

protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project

Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you

charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you

do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the

rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose

such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and

research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do

practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is

subject to the trademark license, especially commercial

redistribution.

*** START: FULL LICENSE ***

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free

distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work

(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project

Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project

Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at

http://gutenberg.net/license).

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm

electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm

electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to

and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property

(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all

the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy

all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.

If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project

Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the

terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or

entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be

used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who

agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few

things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works

even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See

paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project

Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement

and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic

works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"

or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project

Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the

collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an

individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are

located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from

copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative

works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg

are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project

Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by

freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of

this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with

the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by

keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project

Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern

what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in

a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check

the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement

before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or

creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project

Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning

the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United

States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate

access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently

whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the

phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project

Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,

copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with

almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or

re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included

with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived

from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is

posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied

and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees

or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work

with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the

work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1

through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the

Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or

1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted

with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution

must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional

terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked

to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the

permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm

License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this

work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this

electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without

prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with

active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project

Gutenberg-tm License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,

compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any

word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or

distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than

"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version

posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),

you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a

copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon

request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other

form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm

License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,

performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works

unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing

access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided

that

- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from

the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method

you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is

owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he

has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the

Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments

must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you

prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax

returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and

sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the

address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to

the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."

- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies

you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he

does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm

License. You must require such a user to return or

destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium

and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of

Project Gutenberg-tm works.

- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any

money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the

electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days

of receipt of the work.

- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free

distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm

electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set

forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from

both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael

Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the

Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable

effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread

public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm

collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic

works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain

"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or

corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual

property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a

computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by

your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right

of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project

Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project

Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project

Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all

liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal

fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE

PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE

TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE

LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR

INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH

DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a

defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can

receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a

written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you

received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with

your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with

the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a

refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity

providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to

receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy

is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further

opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth

in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER

WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied

warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.

If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the

law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be

interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by

the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any

provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the

trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone

providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance

with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,

promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,

harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,

that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do

or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm

work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any

Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of

electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers

including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists

because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from

people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the

assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's

goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will

remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project

Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure

and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.

To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4

and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive

Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit

501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the

state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal

Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification

number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at

http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg

Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent

permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.

The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.

Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered

throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at

809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email

business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact

information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official

page at http://pglaf.org

For additional contact information:

Dr. Gregory B. Newby

Chief Executive and Director

gbnewby@pglaf.org

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg

Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide

spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of

increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be

freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest

array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations

($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt

status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating

charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United

States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a

considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up

with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations

where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To

SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any

particular state visit http://pglaf.org

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we

have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition

against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who

approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make

any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from

outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation

methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other

ways including including checks, online payments and credit card

donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic

works.

Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm

concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared

with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project

Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed

editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.

unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily

keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.

Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:

http://www.gutenberg.net

This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,

including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary

Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to

subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Author

Title

Language

Your paste - Paste your paste here

The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Kybalion, by Three Initiates

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net

Title: The Kybalion
       A Study of The Hermetic Philosophy of Ancient Egypt and Greece

Author: Three Initiates

Release Date: November 29, 2004 [EBook #14209]

Language: English

*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE KYBALION ***

Produced by Tamblyne &lt;tamblyne@digital-daybook.com&gt;

THE KYBALION

A Study of
The Hermetic Philosophy of
Ancient Egypt and
Greece

BY
THREE INITIATES

&quot;THE LIPS OF WISDOM ARE CLOSED, EXCEPT TO THE
EARS OF UNDERSTANDING&quot;

1912

ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED BY

THE YOGI PUBLICATION SOCIETY
MASONIC TEMPLE
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS

ISBN 0 911662-25-1

TO
HERMES TRISMEGISTUS

KNOWN BY THE ANCIENT
EGYPTIANS AS

&quot;THE GREAT GREAT&quot;
AND
&quot;MASTER OF MASTERS&quot;

THIS LITTLE VOLUME OF HERMETIC TEACHING
IS REVERENTLY DEDICATED

Table of Contents

I.    The Hermetic Philosophy
  II.   The Seven Hermetic Principles
        1.  The Principle of Mentalism
        2.  The Principle of Correspondence
        3.  The Principle of Vibration
        4.  The Principle of Polarity
        5.  The Principle of Rhythm
        6.  The Principle of Cause and Effect
        7.  The Principle of Gender
  III.  Mental Transmutation
  IV.   The All
  V.    The Mental Universe
  VI.   The Divine Paradox
  VII.  &quot;The All&quot; in All
  VIII. Planes of Correspondence
  IX.   Vibration
  X.    Polarity
  XI.   Rhythm
  XII.  Causation
  XIII. Gender
  XIV.  Mental Gender
  XV.   Hermetic Axioms

INTRODUCTION

We take great pleasure in presenting to the attention of students and
investigators of the Secret Doctrines this little work based upon the
world-old Hermetic Teachings. There has been so little written upon this
subject, not withstanding the countless references to the Teachings in
the many works upon occultism, that the many earnest searchers after the
Arcane Truths will doubtless welcome the appearance of this present
volume.

The purpose of this work is not the enunciation of any special
philosophy or doctrine, but rather is to give to the students a
statement of the Truth that will serve to reconcile the many bits of
occult knowledge that they may have acquired, but which are apparently
opposed to each other and which often serve to discourage and disgust
the beginner in the study. Our intent is not to erect a new Temple of
Knowledge, but rather to place in the hands of the student a Master-Key
with which he may open the many inner doors in the Temple of Mystery
through the main portals he has already entered.

There is no portion of the occult teachings possessed by the world which
have been so closely guarded as the fragments of the Hermetic Teachings
which have come down to us over the tens of centuries which have elapsed
since the lifetime of its great founder, Hermes Trismegistus, the
&quot;scribe of the gods,&quot; who dwelt in old Egypt in the days when the
present race of men was in its infancy. Contemporary with Abraham, and,
if the legends be true, an instructor of that venerable sage, Hermes
was, and is, the Great Central Sun of Occultism, whose rays have served
to illumine the countless teachings which have been promulgated since
his time. All the fundamental and basic teachings embedded in the
esoteric teachings of every race may be traced back to Hermes. Even the
most ancient teachings of India undoubtedly have their roots in the
original Hermetic Teachings.

From the land of the Ganges many advanced occultists wandered to the
land of Egypt, and sat at the feet of the Master. From him they obtained
the Master-Key which explained and reconciled their divergent views, and
thus the Secret Doctrine was firmly established. From other lands also
came the learned ones, all of whom regarded Hermes as the Master of
Masters, and his influence was so great that in spite of the many
wanderings from the path on the part of the centuries of teachers in
these different lands, there may still be found a certain basic
resemblance and correspondence which underlies the many and often quite
divergent theories entertained and taught by the occultists of these
different lands today. The student of Comparative Religions will be able
to perceive the influence of the Hermetic Teachings in every religion
worthy of the name, now known to man, whether it be a dead religion or
one in full vigor in our own times. There is always certain
correspondence in spite of the contradictory features, and the Hermetic
Teachings act as the Great Reconciler.

The lifework of Hermes seems to have been in the direction of planting
the great Seed-Truth which has grown and blossomed in so many strange
forms, rather than to establish a school of philosophy which would
dominate, the world's thought. But, nevertheless, the original truths
taught by him have been kept intact in their original purity by a few
men each age, who, refusing great numbers of half-developed students and
followers, followed the Hermetic custom and reserved their truth for the
few who were ready to comprehend and master it. From lip to ear the
truth has been handed down among the few. There have always been a few
Initiates in each generation, in the various lands of the earth, who
kept alive the sacred flame of the Hermetic Teachings, and such have
always been willing to use their lamps to re-light the lesser lamps of
the outside world, when the light of truth grew dim, and clouded by
reason of neglect, and when the wicks became clogged with foreign
matter. There were always a few to tend faithfully the altar of the
Truth, upon which was kept alight the Perpetual Lamp of Wisdom. These
men devoted their lives to the labor of love which the poet has so well
stated in his lines:

&quot;O, let not the flame die out! Cherished age after age
     in its dark cavern--in its holy temples cherished. Fed
     by pure ministers of love--let not the flame die out!&quot;

These men have never sought popular approval, nor numbers of followers.
They are indifferent to these things, for they know how few there are in
each generation who are ready for the truth, or who would recognize it
if it were presented to them. They reserve the &quot;strong meat for men,&quot;
while others furnish the &quot;milk for babes.&quot; They reserve their pearls of
wisdom for the few elect, who recognize their value and who wear them in
their crowns, instead of casting them before the materialistic vulgar
swine, who would trample them in the mud and mix them with their
disgusting mental food. But still these men have never forgotten or
overlooked the original teachings of Hermes, regarding the passing on of
the words of truth to those ready to receive it, which teaching is
stated in The Kybalion as follows: &quot;Where fall the footsteps of the
Master, the ears of those ready for his Teaching open wide.&quot; And again:
&quot;When the ears of the student are ready to hear, then cometh the lips to
fill them with wisdom.&quot; But their customary attitude has always been
strictly in accordance with the other Hermetic aphorism, also in The
Kybalion: &quot;The lips of Wisdom are closed, except to the ears of
Understanding.&quot;

There are those who have criticized this attitude of the Hermetists, and
who have claimed that they did not manifest the proper spirit in their
policy of seclusion and reticence. But a moment's glance back over the
pages of history will show the wisdom of the Masters, who knew the folly
of attempting to teach to the world that which it was neither ready or
willing to receive. The Hermetists have never sought to be martyrs, and
have, instead, sat silently aside with a pitying smile on their closed
lips, while the &quot;heathen raged noisily about them&quot; in their customary
amusement of putting to death and torture the honest but misguided
enthusiasts who imagined that they could force upon a race of barbarians
the truth capable of being understood only by the elect who had advanced
along The Path.

And the spirit of persecution has not as yet died out in the land. There
are certain Hermetic Teachings, which, if publicly promulgated, would
bring down upon the teachers a great cry of scorn and revilement from
the multitude, who would again raise the cry of &quot;Crucify! Crucify.&quot;

In this little work we have endeavored to give you an idea of the
fundamental teachings of The Kybalion, striving to give you the working
Principles, leaving you to apply therm yourselves, rather than
attempting to work out the teaching in detail. If you are a true
student, you will be able to work out and apply these Principles--if
not, then you must develop yourself into one, for otherwise the Hermetic
Teachings will be as &quot;words, words, words&quot; to you.

THE THREE INITIATES.

CHAPTER I

THE HERMETIC PHILOSOPHY

&quot;The lips of wisdom are closed, except to the ears
    of Understanding&quot;--The Kybalion.

From old Egypt have come the fundamental esoteric and occult teachings
which have so strongly influenced the philosophies of all races, nations
and peoples, for several thousand years. Egypt, the home of the Pyramids
and the Sphinx, was the birthplace of the Hidden Wisdom and Mystic
Teachings. From her Secret Doctrine all nations have borrowed. India,
Persia, Chaldea, Medea, China, Japan, Assyria, ancient Greece and Rome,
and other ancient countries partook liberally at the feast of knowledge
which the Hierophants and Masters of the Land of Isis so freely provided
for those who came prepared to partake of the great store of Mystic and
Occult Lore which the masterminds of that ancient land had gathered
together.

In ancient Egypt dwelt the great Adepts and Masters who have never been
surpassed, and who seldom have been equaled, during the centuries that
have taken their processional flight since the days of the Great Hermes.
In Egypt was located the Great Lodge of Lodges of the Mystics. At the
doors of her Temples entered the Neophytes who afterward, as
Hierophants, Adepts, and Masters, traveled to the four corners of the
earth, carrying with them the precious knowledge which they were ready,
anxious, and willing to pass on to those who were ready to receive the
same. All students of the Occult recognize the debt that they owe to
these venerable Masters of that ancient land.

But among these great Masters of Ancient Egypt there once dwelt one of
whom Masters hailed as &quot;The Master of Masters.&quot; This man, if &quot;man&quot;
indeed he was, dwelt in Egypt in the earliest days. He was known as
Hermes Trismegistus. He was the father of the Occult Wisdom; the founder
of Astrology; the discoverer of Alchemy. The details of his life story
are lost to history, owing to the lapse of the years, though several of
the ancient countries disputed with each other in their claims to the
honor of having furnished his birthplace--and this thousands of years
ago. The date of his sojourn in Egypt, in that his last incarnation on
this planet, is not now known, but it has been fixed at the early days
of the oldest dynasties of Egypt--long before the days of Moses. The
best authorities regard him as a contemporary of Abraham, and some of
the Jewish traditions go so far as to claim that Abraham acquired a
portion of his mystic knowledge from Hermes himself.

As the years rolled by after his passing from this plane of life
(tradition recording that he lived three hundred years in the flesh),
the Egyptians deified Hermes, and made him one of their gods, under the
name of Thoth. Years after, the people of Ancient Greece also made him
one of their many gods--calling him &quot;Hermes, the god of Wisdom.&quot; The
Egyptians revered his memory for many centuries-yes, tens of centuries--
calling him &quot;the Scribe of the Gods,&quot; and bestowing upon him,
distinctively, his ancient title, &quot;Trismegistus,&quot; which means &quot;the
thrice-great&quot;; &quot;the great-great&quot;; &quot;the greatest-great&quot;; etc. In all the
ancient lands, the name of Hermes Trismegistus was revered, the name
being synonymous with the &quot;Fount of Wisdom.&quot;

Even to this day, we use the term &quot;hermetic&quot; in the sense of &quot;secret&quot;;
&quot;sealed so that nothing can escape&quot;; etc., and this by reason of the
fact that the followers of Hermes always observed the principle of
secrecy in their teachings. They did not believe in &quot;casting pearls
before swine,&quot; but rather held to the teaching &quot;milk for babes&quot;; &quot;meat
for strong men,&quot; both of which maxims are familiar to readers of the
Christian scriptures, but both of which had been used by the Egyptians
for centuries before the Christian era.

And this policy of careful dissemination of the truth has always
characterized the Hermetics, even unto the present day. The Hermetic
Teachings are to be found in all lands, among all religions, but never
identified with any particular country, nor with any particular
religious sect. This because of the warning of the ancient teachers
against allowing the Secret Doctrine to become crystallized into a
creed. The wisdom of this caution is apparent to all students of
history. The ancient occultism of India and Persia degenerated, and was
largely lost, owing to the fact that the teachers became priests, and so
mixed theology with the philosophy, the result being that the occultism
of India and Persia has been gradually lost amidst the mass of religious
superstition, cults, creeds and &quot;gods.&quot; So it was with Ancient Greece
and Rome. So it was with the Hermetic Teachings of the Gnostics and
Early Christians, which were lost at the time of Constantine, whose iron
hand smothered philosophy with the blanket of theology, losing to the
Christian Church that which was its very essence and spirit, and causing
it to grope throughout several centuries before it found the way back to
its ancient faith, the indications apparent to all careful observers in
this Twentieth Century being that the Church is now struggling to get
back to its ancient mystic teachings.

But there were always a few faithful souls who kept alive the Flame,
tending it carefully, and not allowing its light to become extinguished.
And thanks to these staunch hearts, and fearless minds, we have the
truth still with us.  But it is not found in books, to any great extent.
It has been passed along from Master to Student; from Initiate to
Hierophant; from lip to ear. When it was written down at all, its
meaning was veiled in terms of alchemy and astrology so that only those
possessing the key could read it aright. This was made necessary in
order to avoid the persecutions of the theologians of the Middle Ages,
who fought the Secret Doctrine with fire and sword; stake, gibbet and
cross. Even to this day there will be found but few reliable books on
the Hermetic Philosophy, although there are countless references to it
in many books written on various phases of Occultism. And yet, the
Hermetic Philosophy is the only Master Key which will open all the doors
of the Occult Teachings!

In the early days, there was a compilation of certain Basic Hermetic
Doctrines, passed on from teacher to student, which was known as &quot;THE
KYBALION,&quot; the exact significance and meaning of the term having been
lost for several centuries. This teaching, however, is known to many to
whom it has descended, from mouth to ear, on and on throughout the
centuries. Its precepts have never been written down, or printed, so far
as we know. It was merely a collection of maxims, axioms, and precepts,
which were non-understandable to outsiders, but which were readily
understood by students, after the axioms, maxims, and precepts had been
explained and exemplified by the Hermetic Initiates to their Neophytes.
These teachings really constituted the basic principles of &quot;The Art of
Hermetic Alchemy,&quot; which, contrary to the general belief, dealt in the
mastery of Mental Forces, rather than Material Elements-the
Transmutation of one kind of Mental Vibrations into others, instead of
the changing of one kind of metal into another. The legends of the
&quot;Philosopher's Stone&quot; which would turn base metal into Gold, was an
allegory relating to Hermetic Philosophy, readily understood by all
students of true Hermeticism.

In this little book, of which this is the First Lesson, we invite our
students to examine into the Hermetic Teachings, as set forth in THE
KYBALION, and as explained by ourselves, humble students of the
Teachings, who, while bearing the title of Initiates, are still students
at the feet of HERMES, the Master. We herein give you many of the
maxims, axioms and precepts of THE KYBALION, accompanied by explanations
and illustrations which we deem likely to render the teachings more
easily comprehended by the modern student, particularly as the original
text is purposely veiled in obscure terms.

The original maxims, axioms, and precepts of THE KYBALION are printed
herein, in italics, the proper credit being given. Our own work is
printed in the regular way, in the body of the work. We trust that the
many students to whom we now offer this little work will derive as much
benefit from the study of its pages as have the many who have gone on
before, treading the same Path to Mastery throughout the centuries that
have passed since the times of HERMES TRISMEGISTUS--the Master of
Masters--the Great-Great. In the words of &quot;THE KYBALION&quot;:

&quot;Where fall the footsteps of the Master, the ears of those
    ready for his Teaching open wide.&quot;--The Kybalion.

&quot;When the ears of the student are ready to hear, then cometh
    the lips to fill them with Wisdom.&quot;--The Kybalion.

So that according to the Teachings, the passage of this book to those
ready for the instruction will attract the attention of such as are
prepared to receive the Teaching. And, likewise, when the pupil is ready
to receive the truth, then will this little book come to him, or her.
Such is The Law. The Hermetic Principle of Cause and Effect, in its
aspect of The Law of Attraction, will bring lips and ear together--pupil
and book in company. So mote it be!

CHAPTER II

THE SEVEN HERMETIC PRINCIPLES

&quot;The Principles of Truth are Seven; he who knows these,
    understandingly, possesses the Magic Key before whose
    touch all the Doors of the Temple fly open.&quot;--The Kybalion.

The Seven Hermetic Principles, upon which the entire Hermetic Philosophy
is based, are as follows:

1. The Principle of Mentalism.
    2. The Principle of Correspondence.
    3. The Principle of Vibration.
    4. The Principle of Polarity.
    5. The Principle of Rhythm.
    6. The Principle of Cause and Effect.
    7. The Principle of Gender.

These Seven Principles will be discussed and explained as we proceed
with these lessons. A short explanation of each, however, may as well be
given at this point.

1.  The Principle of Mentalism

&quot;THE ALL IS MIND; The Universe is Mental.&quot;--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that &quot;All is Mind.&quot; It explains that
THE ALL (which is the Substantial Reality underlying all the outward
manifestations and appearances which we know under the terms of &quot;The
Material Universe&quot;; the &quot;Phenomena of Life&quot;; &quot;Matter&quot;; &quot;Energy&quot;; and, in
short, all that is apparent to our material senses) is SPIRIT which in
itself is UNKNOWABLE and UNDEFINABLE, but which may be considered and
thought of as AN UNIVERSAL, INFINITE, LIVING MIND. It also explains that
all the phenomenal world or universe is simply a Mental Creation of THE
ALL, subject to the Laws of Created Things, and that the universe, as a
whole, and in its parts or units, has its existence in the Mind of THE
ALL, in which Mind we &quot;live and move and have our being.&quot; This
Principle, by establishing the Mental Nature of the Universe, easily
explains all of the varied mental and psychic phenomena that occupy such
a large portion of the public attention, and which, without such
explanation, are non-understandable and defy scientific treatment. An
understanding of this great Hermetic Principle of Mentalism enables the
individual to readily grasp the laws of the Mental Universe, and to
apply the same to his well-being and advancement. The Hermetic Student
is enabled to apply intelligently the great Mental Laws, instead of
using them in a haphazard manner. With the Master-Key in his possession,
the student may unlock the many doors of the mental and psychic temple
of knowledge, and enter the same freely and intelligently. This
Principle explains the true nature of &quot;Energy,&quot; &quot;Power,&quot; and &quot;Matter,&quot;
and why and how all these are subordinate to the Mastery of Mind. One of
the old Hermetic Masters wrote, long ages ago: &quot;He who grasps the truth
of the Mental Nature of the Universe is well advanced on The Path to
Mastery.&quot; And these words are as true today as at the time they were
first written. Without this Master-Key, Mastery is impossible, and the
student knocks in vain at the many doors of The Temple.

2.  The Principle of Correspondence

&quot;As above, so below; as below, so above.&quot;--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that there is always a Correspondence
between the laws and phenomena of the various planes of Being and Life.
The old Hermetic axiom ran in these words: &quot;As above, so below; as
below, so above.&quot; And the grasping of this Principle gives one the means
of solving many a dark paradox, and hidden secret of Nature. There are
planes beyond our knowing, but when we apply the Principle of
Correspondence to them we are able to understand much that would
otherwise be unknowable to us. This Principle is of universal
application and manifestation, on the various planes of the material,
mental, and spiritual universe--it is an Universal Law. The ancient
Hermetists considered this Principle as one of the most important mental
instruments by which man was able to pry aside the obstacles which hid
from view the Unknown. Its use even tore aside the Veil of Isis to the
extent that a glimpse of the face of the goddess might be caught. Just
as a knowledge of the Principles of Geometry enables man to measure
distant suns and their movements, while seated in his observatory,
so a knowledge of the Principle of Correspondence enables Man to reason
intelligently from the Known to the Unknown.  Studying the monad, he
understands the archangel.

3.  The Principle of Vibration

&quot;Nothing rests; everything moves; everything vibrates.&quot;--The
    Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that &quot;everything is in motion&quot;;
&quot;everything vibrates&quot;; &quot;nothing is at rest&quot;; facts which Modern Science
endorses, and which each new scientific discovery tends to verify.  And
yet this Hermetic Principle was enunciated thousands of years ago, by
the Masters of Ancient Egypt. This Principle explains that the
differences between different manifestations of Matter, Energy, Mind,
and even Spirit, result largely from varying rates of Vibration. From
THE ALL, which is Pure Spirit, down to the grossest form of Matter, all
is in vibration--the higher the vibration, the higher the position in
the scale. The vibration of Spirit is at such an infinite rate of
intensity and rapidity that it is practically at rest--just as a rapidly
moving wheel seems to be motionless. And at the other end of the scale,
there are gross forms of matter whose vibrations are so low as to seem
at rest. Between these poles, there are millions upon millions of
varying degrees of vibration. From corpuscle and electron, atom and
molecule, to worlds and universes, everything is in vibratory motion.
This is also true on the planes of energy and force (which are but
varying degrees of vibration); and also on the mental planes (whose
states depend upon vibrations); and even on to the spiritual planes.
An understanding of this Principle, with the appropriate formulas,
enables Hermetic students to control their own mental vibrations as well
as those of others. The Masters also apply this Principle to the
conquering of Natural phenomena, in various ways. &quot;He who understands
the Principle of Vibration, has grasped the scepter of power,&quot; says one
of the old writers.

4.  The Principle of Polarity

&quot;Everything is Dual; everything has poles; everything has its
    pair of opposites; like and unlike are the same; opposites are
    identical in nature, but different in degree; extremes meet;
    all truths are but half-truths; all paradoxes may be
    reconciled.&quot;--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that &quot;everything is dual&quot;; &quot;everything
has two poles&quot;; &quot;everything has its pair of opposites,&quot; all of which
were old Hermetic axioms. It explains the old paradoxes, that have
perplexed so many, which have been stated as follows: &quot;Thesis and
antithesis are identical in nature, but different in degree&quot;; &quot;opposites
are the same, differing only in degree&quot;; &quot;the pairs of opposites may be
reconciled&quot;; &quot;extremes meet&quot;; &quot;everything is and isn't, at the same
time&quot;; &quot;all truths are but half-truths&quot;; &quot;every truth is half-false&quot;;
&quot;there are two sides to everything,&quot; etc., etc., etc. It explains that
in everything there are two poles, or opposite aspects, and that
&quot;opposites&quot; are really only the two extremes of the same thing, with
many varying degrees between them. To illustrate:  Heat and Cold,
although &quot;opposites,&quot; are really the same thing, the differences
consisting merely of degrees of the same thing. Look at your thermometer
and see if you can discover where &quot;heat&quot; terminates and &quot;cold&quot; begins!
There is no such thing as &quot;absolute heat&quot; or &quot;absolute cold&quot;--the two
terms &quot;heat&quot; and &quot;cold&quot; simply indicate varying degrees of the same
thing, and that &quot;same thing&quot; which manifests as &quot;heat&quot; and &quot;cold&quot;
is merely a form, variety, and rate of Vibration. So &quot;heat&quot; and &quot;cold&quot;
are simply the &quot;two poles&quot; of that which we call &quot;Heat&quot;--and the
phenomena attendant thereupon are manifestations of the Principle of
Polarity. The same Principle manifests in the case of &quot;Light and
Darkness,&quot; which are the same thing, the difference consisting of
varying degrees between the two poles of the phenomena. Where does
&quot;darkness&quot; leave off, and &quot;light&quot; begin? What is the difference between
&quot;Large and Small&quot;? Between &quot;Hard and Soft&quot;? Between &quot;Black and White&quot;?
Between &quot;Sharp and Dull&quot;? Between &quot;Noise and Quiet&quot;? Between &quot;High and
Low&quot;? Between &quot;Positive and Negative&quot;? The Principle of Polarity
explains these paradoxes, and no other Principle can supersede it. The
same Principle operates on the Mental Plane. Let us take a radical and
extreme example--that of &quot;Love and Hate,&quot; two mental states apparently
totally different.  And yet there are degrees of Hate and degrees of
Love, and a middle point in which we use the terms &quot;Like or Dislike,&quot;
which shade into each other so gradually that sometimes we are at a loss
to know whether we &quot;like&quot; or &quot;dislike&quot; or &quot;neither.&quot; And all are simply
degrees of the same thing, as you will see if you will but think a
moment.  And, more than this (and considered of more importance
by the Hermetists), it is possible to change the vibrations of Hate to
the vibrations of Love, in one's own mind, and in the minds of others.
Many of you, who read these lines, have had personal experiences of the
involuntary rapid transition from Love to Hate, and the reverse, in your
own case and that of others.  And you will therefore realize the
possibility of this being accomplished by the use of the Will, by means
of the Hermetic formulas. &quot;Good and Evil&quot; are but the poles of the same
thing, and the Hermetist understands the art of transmuting Evil into
Good, by means of an application of the Principle of Polarity. In short,
the &quot;Art of Polarization&quot; becomes a phase of &quot;Mental Alchemy&quot; known and
practiced by the ancient and modern Hermetic Masters.  An understanding
of the Principle will enable one to change his own Polarity, as well as
that of others, if he will devote the time and study necessary to master
the art.

5.  The Principle of Rhythm

&quot;Everything flows, out and in; everything has its tides;
    all things rise and fall; the pendulum-swing manifests in
    everything; the measure of the swing to the right is the
    measure of the swing to the left; rhythm compensates.&quot;--The
    Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that in everything there is manifested
a measured motion, to and fro; a flow and inflow; a swing backward and
forward; a pendulum-like movement; a tide-like ebb and flow; a high-tide
and low-tide; between the two poles which exist in accordance with the
Principle of Polarity described a moment ago. There is always an action
and a reaction; an advance and a retreat; a rising and a sinking. This
is in the affairs of the Universe, suns, worlds, men, animals, mind,
energy, and matter.  This law is manifest in the creation and
destruction of worlds; in the rise and fall of nations; in the life of
all things; and finally in the mental states of Man (and it is with this
latter that the Hermetists find the understanding of the Principle most
important). The Hermetists have grasped this Principle, finding its
universal application, and have also discovered certain means to
overcome its effects in themselves by the use of the appropriate
formulas and methods. They apply the Mental Law of Neutralization. They
cannot annul the Principle, or cause it to cease its operation, but they
have learned how to escape its effects upon themselves to a certain
degree depending upon the Mastery of the Principle.  They have learned
how to USE it, instead of being USED BY it. In this and similar
methods, consist the Art of the Hermetists. The Master of Hermetics
polarizes himself at the point at which he desires to rest, and then
neutralizes the Rhythmic swing of the pendulum which would tend to carry
him to the other pole.  All individuals who have attained any degree of
Self-Mastery do this to a certain degree, more or less unconsciously,
but the Master does this consciously, and by the use of his Will, and
attains a degree of Poise and Mental Firmness almost impossible of
belief on the part of the masses who are swung backward and forward like
a pendulum. This Principle and that of Polarity have been closely
studied by the Hermetists, and the methods of counteracting,
neutralizing, and USING them form an important part of the Hermetic
Mental Alchemy.

6.  The Principle of Cause and Effect

&quot;Every Cause has its Effect; every Effect has its Cause;
    everything happens according to Law; Chance is but a name
    for Law not recognized; there are many planes of causation,
    but nothing escapes the Law.&quot;--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the fact that there is a Cause for every Effect;
an Effect from every Cause. It explains that:  &quot;Everything Happens
according to Law&quot;; that nothing ever &quot;merely happens&quot;; that there is no
such thing as Chance; that while there are various planes of Cause and
Effect, the higher dominating the lower planes, still nothing ever
entirely escapes the Law. The Hermetists understand the art and methods
of rising above the ordinary plane of Cause and Effect, to a certain
degree, and by mentally rising to a higher plane they become Causers
instead of Effects. The masses of people are carried along, obedient to
environment; the wills and desires of others stronger than themselves;
heredity; suggestion; and other outward causes moving them about like
pawns on the Chessboard of Life. But the Masters, rising to the plane
above, dominate their moods, characters, qualities, and powers, as well
as the environment surrounding them, and become Movers instead of pawns.
They help to PLAY THE GAME OF LIFE, instead of being played and moved
about by other wills and environment. They USE the Principle instead of
being its tools. The Masters obey the Causation of the higher planes,
but they help to RULE on their own plane. In this statement there is
condensed a wealth of Hermetic knowledge--let him read who can.

7.  The Principle of Gender

&quot;Gender is in everything; everything has its Masculine
    and Feminine Principles; Gender manifests on all
    planes.&quot;--The Kybalion.

This Principle embodies the truth that there is GENDER manifested in
everything--the Masculine and Feminine Principles ever at work. This is
true not only of the Physical Plane, but of the Mental and even the
Spiritual Planes. On the Physical Plane, the Principle manifests as SEX,
on the higher planes it takes higher forms, but the Principle is ever
the same.  No creation, physical, mental or spiritual, is possible
without this Principle. An understanding of its laws will throw light on
many a subject that has perplexed the minds of men. The Principle of
Gender works ever in the direction of generation, regeneration, and
creation. Everything, and every person, contains the two Elements or
Principles, or this great Principle, within it, him or her. Every Male
thing has the Female Element also; every Female contains also the Male
Principle.  If you would understand the philosophy of Mental and
Spiritual Creation, Generation, and Re-generation, you must understand
and study this Hermetic Principle. It contains the solution of many
mysteries of Life. We caution you that this Principle has no reference
to the many base, pernicious and degrading lustful theories, teachings
and practices, which are taught under fanciful titles, and which are a
prostitution of the great natural principle of Gender. Such base
revivals of the ancient infamous forms of Phallicism tend to ruin mind,
body and soul, and the Hermetic Philosophy has ever sounded the warning
note against these degraded teachings which tend toward lust,
licentiousness, and perversion of Nature's principles. If you seek such
teachings, you must go elsewhere for them--Hermeticism contains nothing
for you along these lines. To the pure, all things are pure; to the
base, all things are base.

CHAPTER III

MENTAL TRANSMUTATION

&quot;Mind (as well as metals and elements) may be transmuted,
    from state to state; degree to degree; condition to condition;
    pole to pole; vibration to vibration. True Hermetic Transmutation
    is a Mental Art.&quot;--The Kybalion.

As we have stated, the Hermetists were the original alchemists,
astrologers, and psychologists, Hermes having been the founder of these
schools of thought. From astrology has grown modern astronomy; from
alchemy has grown modern chemistry; from the mystic psychology has grown
the modern psychology of the schools. But it must not be supposed that
the ancients were ignorant of that which the modern schools suppose to
be their exclusive and special property. The records engraved on the
stones of Ancient Egypt show conclusively that the ancients had a full
comprehensive knowledge of astronomy, the very building of the Pyramids
showing the connection between their design and the study of
astronomical science. Nor were they ignorant of Chemistry, for the
fragments of the ancient writings show that they were acquainted with
the chemical properties of things; in fact, the ancient theories
regarding physics are being slowly verified by the latest discoveries of
modern science, notably those relating to the constitution of matter.
Nor must it be supposed that they were ignorant of the so-called modern
discoveries in psychology--on the contrary, the Egyptians were
especially skilled in the science of Psychology, particularly in the
branches that the modern schools ignore, but which, nevertheless, are
being uncovered under the name of &quot;psychic science&quot; which is perplexing
the psychologists of to-day, and making them reluctantly admit that
&quot;there may be something in it after all.&quot;

The truth is, that beneath the material chemistry, astronomy and
psychology (that is, the psychology in its phase of &quot;brain-action&quot;) the
ancients possessed a knowledge of transcendental astronomy, called
astrology; of transcendental chemistry, called alchemy; of
transcendental psychology, called mystic psychology. They possessed the
Inner Knowledge as well as the Outer Knowledge, the latter alone being
possessed by modern scientists. Among the many secret branches of
knowledge possessed by the Hermetists, was that known as Mental
Transmutation, which forms the subject matter of this lesson.

&quot;Transmutation&quot; is a term usually employed to designate the ancient art
of the transmutation of metals--particularly of the base metals into
gold. The word &quot;Transmute&quot; means &quot;to change from one nature, form, or
substance, into another; to transform&quot; (Webster). And accordingly,
&quot;Mental Transmutation&quot; means the art of changing and transforming mental
states, forms, and conditions, into others. So you may see that Mental
Transmutation is the &quot;Art of Mental Chemistry,&quot; if you like the term--a
form of practical Mystic Psychology.

But this means far more than appears on the surface. Transmutation,
Alchemy, or Chemistry on the Mental Plane is important enough in its
effects, to be sure, and if the art stopped there it would still be one
of the most important branches of study known to man. But this is only
the beginning. Let us see why!

The first of the Seven Hermetic Principles is the Principle of
Mentalism, the axiom of which is &quot;THE ALL is Mind; the Universe is
Mental,&quot; which means that the Underlying Reality of the Universe is
Mind; and the Universe itself is Mental--that is, &quot;existing in the Mind
of THE ALL.&quot; We shall consider this Principle in succeeding lessons, but
let us see the effect of the principle if it be assumed to be true.

If the Universe is Mental in its nature, then Mental Transmutation must
be the art of CHANGING THE CONDITIONS OF THE UNIVERSE, along the lines
of Matter, Force and mind. So you see, therefore, that Mental
Transmutation is really the &quot;Magic&quot; of which the ancient; writers had so
much to say in their mystical works, and about which they gave so few
practical instructions. If All be Mental, then the art which enables one
to transmute mental conditions must render the Master the controller of
material conditions as well as those ordinarily called &quot;mental.&quot;

As a matter of fact, none but advanced Mental Alchemists have been able
to attain the degree of power necessary to control the grosser physical
conditions, such as the control of the elements of Nature; the
production or cessation of tempests; the production and cessation of
earthquakes and other great physical phenomena. But that such men have
existed, and do exist today, is a matter of earnest belief to all
advanced occultists of all schools. That the Masters exist, and have
these powers, the best teachers assure their students, having had
experiences which justify them in such belief and statements. These
Masters do not make public exhibitions of their powers, but seek
seclusion from the crowds of men, in order to better work their may
along the Path of Attainment. We mention their existence, at this point,
merely to call your attention to the fact that their power is entirely
Mental, and operates along the lines of the higher Mental Transmutation,
under the Hermetic Principle of Mentalism.

&quot;The Universe is Mental&quot;--The Kybalion.

But students and Hermetists of lesser degree than Masters--the Initiates
and Teachers--are able to freely work along the Mental Plane, in Mental
Transmutation. In fact all that we call &quot;psychic phenomena,&quot;; &quot;mental
influence&quot;; &quot;mental science&quot;; &quot;new-thought phenomena,&quot; etc., operates
along the same general lines, for there is but one principle involved,
no matter by what name the phenomena be called.

The student and practitioner of Mental Transmutation works among the
Mental Plane, transmuting mental conditions, states, etc., into others,
according to various formulas, more or less efficacious. The various
&quot;treatments,&quot; &quot;affirmations,&quot; &quot;denials&quot; etc., of the schools of mental
science are but formulas, often quite imperfect and unscientific, of The
Hermetic Art. The majority of modern practitioners are quite ignorant
compared to the ancient masters, for they lack the fundamental knowledge
upon which the work is based.

Not only may the mental states, etc., of one's self be changed or
transmuted by Hermetic Methods; but also the states of others may be,
and are, constantly transmuted in the same way, usually unconsciously,
but often consciously by some understanding the laws and principles, in
cases where the people affected are not informed of the principles of
self-protection. And more than this, as many students and practitioners
of modern mental science know, every material condition depending upon
the minds of other people may be changed or transmuted in accordance
with the earnest desire, will, and &quot;treatments&quot; of person desiring
changed conditions of life. The public are so generally informed
regarding these things at present, that we do not deem it necessary to
mention the same at length, our purpose at this point being merely to
show the Hermetic Principle and Art underlying all of these various
forms of practice, good and evil, for the force can be used in opposite
directions according to the Hermetic Principles of Polarity.

In this little book we shall state the basic principles of Mental
Transmutation, that all who read may grasp the Underlying Principles,
and thus possess the Master-Key that will unlock the many doors of the
Principle of Polarity.

We shall now proceed to a consideration of the first of the Hermetic
Seven Principles--the Principle of Mentalism, in which is explained the
truth that &quot;THE ALL is Mind; the Universe is Mental,&quot; in the words of
The Kybalion. We ask the close attention, and careful study of this
great Principle, on the part of our students, for it is really the Basic
Principle of the whole Hermetic Philosophy, and of the Hermetic Art of
Mental Transmutation.

CHAPTER IV

THE ALL

&quot;Under, and back of, the Universe of Time, Space and Change,
    is ever to be found The Substantial Reality--the Fundamental
    Truth.&quot;--The Kybalion.

&quot;Substance&quot; means: &quot;that which underlies all outward manifestations; the
essence; the essential reality; the thing in itself,&quot; etc. &quot;Substantial&quot;
means: &quot;actually existing; being the essential element; being real,&quot; etc.
&quot;Reality&quot; means: &quot;the state of being real; true, enduring; valid; fixed;
permanent; actual,&quot; etc.

Under and behind all outward appearances or manifestations, there must
always be a Substantial Reality. This is the Law. Man considering the
Universe, of which he is a unit, sees nothing but change in matter,
forces, and mental states. He sees that nothing really IS, but that
everything is BECOMING and CHANGING. Nothing stands still-everything is
being born, growing, dying-the very instant a thing reaches its height,
it begins to decline--the law of rhythm is in constant operation--there
is no reality, enduring quality, fixity, or substantiality in anything--
nothing is permanent but Change. He sees all things evolving from other
things, and resolving into other things--constant action and reaction;
inflow and outflow; building up and tearing down; creation and
destruction; birth, growth and death. Nothing endures but Change. And if
he be a thinking man, he realizes that all of these changing things must
be but outward appearances or manifestations of some Underlying
Power--some Substantial Reality.

All thinkers, in all lands and in all times, have assumed the necessity
for postulating the existence of this Substantial Reality. All
philosophies worthy of the name have been based upon this thought. Men
have given to this Substantial Reality many names-some have called it by
the term of Deity (under many titles). Others have called it &quot;The
Infinite and Eternal Energy&quot; others have tried to call it &quot;Matter&quot;--but
all have acknowledged its existence. It is self-evident it needs no
argument.

In these lessons we have followed the example of some of the world's
greatest thinkers, both ancient and modern--the Hermetic. Masters--and
have called this Underlying Power--this Substantial Reality--by the
Hermetic name of &quot;THE ALL,&quot; which term we consider the most
comprehensive of the many terms applied by Man to THAT which transcends
names and terms.

We accept and teach the view of the great Hermetic thinkers of all
times, as well as of those illumined souls who have reached higher
planes of being, both of whom assert that the inner nature of THE ALL is
UNKNOWABLE. This must be so, for naught by THE ALL itself can comprehend
its own nature and being.

The Hermetists believe and teach that THE ALL, &quot;in itself,&quot; is and must
ever be UNKNOWABLE. They regard all the theories, guesses and
speculations of the theologians and metaphysicians regarding the inner
nature of THE ALL, as but the childish efforts of mortal minds to grasp
the secret of the Infinite. Such efforts have always failed and will
always fail, from the very nature of the task. One pursuing such
inquiries travels around and around in the labyrinth of thought, until
he is lost to all sane reasoning, action or conduct, and is utterly
unfitted for the work of life. He is like the squirrel which frantically
runs around and around the circling treadmill wheel of his cage,
traveling ever and yet reaching nowhere--at the end a prisoner still,
and standing just where he started.

And still more presumptuous are those who attempt to ascribe to THE ALL
the personality, qualities, properties, characteristics and attributes
of themselves, ascribing to THE ALL the human emotions, feelings, and
characteristics, even down to the pettiest qualities of mankind, such as
jealousy, susceptibility to flattery and praise, desire for offerings
and worship, and all the other survivals from the days of the childhood
of the race. Such ideas are not worthy of grown men and women, and are
rapidly being discarded.

(At this point, it may be proper for me to state that we make a
distinction between Religion and Theology--between Philosophy and
Metaphysics. Religion, to us, means that intuitional realization of the
existence of THE ALL, and one's relationship to it; while Theology means
the attempts of men to ascribe personality, qualities, and
characteristics to it; their theories regarding its affairs, will,
desires, plans, and designs, and their assumption of the office of ''
middle-men'' between THE ALL and the people. Philosophy, to us, means
the inquiry after knowledge of things knowable and thinkable; while
Metaphysics means the attempt to carry the inquiry over and beyond the
boundaries and into regions unknowable and unthinkable, and with the
same tendency as that of Theology. And consequently, both Religion and
Philosophy mean to us things having roots in Reality, while Theology and
Metaphysics seem like broken reeds, rooted in the quicksands of
ignorance, and affording naught but the most insecure support for the
mind or soul of Man. we do not insist upon our students accepting these
definitions--we mention them merely to show our position.
At any rate, you shall hear very little about Theology and Metaphysics
in these lessons.)

But while the essential nature of THE ALL is Unknowable, there are
certain truths connected with its existence which the human mind finds
itself compelled to accept. And an examination of these reports form a
proper subject of inquiry, particularly as they agree with the reports
of the Illumined on higher planes. And to this inquiry we now invite
you.

&quot;THAT which is the Fundamental Truth--the Substantial
    Reality--is beyond true naming, but the Wise Men call
    it THE ALL.&quot;--The Kybalion.

&quot;In its Essence, THE ALL is UNKNOWABLE.&quot;--The Kybalion.

&quot;But, the report of Reason must be hospitably received,
    and treated with respect.&quot;--The Kybalion.

The human reason, whose reports we must accept so long as we think at
all, informs us as follows regarding THE ALL, and that without
attempting to remove the veil of the Unknowable:

(1) THE ALL must be ALL that REALLY IS. There can be
    nothing existing outside of THE ALL, else THE ALL would
    not be THE ALL.

(2) THE ALL must be INFINITE, for there is nothing else
    to define, confine, bound, limit; or restrict THE ALL.
    It must be Infinite in Time, or ETERNAL,--it must have
    always continuously existed, for there is nothing else to
    have ever created it, and something can never evolve from
    nothing, and if it had ever &quot;not been,&quot; even for a moment,
    it would not &quot;be&quot; now,--it must continuously exist forever,
    for there is nothing to destroy it, and it can never
    &quot;not-be,&quot; even for a moment, because something can never
    become nothing. It must be Infinite in Space--it must be
    Everywhere, for there is no place outside of THE ALL--it
    cannot be otherwise than continuous in Space, without break,
    cessation, separation, or interruption, for there is nothing
    to break, separate, or interrupt its continuity, and nothing
    with which to &quot;fill in the gaps.&quot; It must be Infinite in
    Power, or Absolute, for there is nothing to limit, restrict,
    restrain, confine, disturb or condition it--it is subject to
    no other Power, for there is no other Power.

(3) THE ALL must be IMMUTABLE, or not subject to change in
    its real nature, for there is nothing to work changes upon it
    nothing into which it could change, nor from which it could
    have changed. It cannot be added to nor subtracted from;
    increased nor diminished; nor become greater or lesser in any
    respect whatsoever. It must have always been, and must always
    remain, just what it is now--THE ALL--there has never been,
    is not now, and never will be, anything else into which it
    can change.

THE ALL being Infinite, Absolute, Eternal and Unchangeable it must
follow that anything finite, changeable, fleeting, and conditioned
cannot be THE ALL. And as there is Nothing outside of THE ALL, in
Reality, then any and all such finite things must be as Nothing in
Reality. Now do not become befogged, nor frightened--we are not trying
to lead you into the Christian Science field under cover of Hermetic
Philosophy. There is a Reconciliation of this apparently contradictory
state of affairs. Be patient, we will reach it in time.

We see around us that which is called &quot;Matter,&quot; which forms the physical
foundation for all forms. Is THE ALL merely Matter? Not at all! Matter
cannot manifest Life or Mind, and as Life and Mind are manifested in the
Universe, THE ALL cannot be Matter, for nothing rises higher than its
own source--nothing is ever manifested in an effect that is not in the
cause--nothing is evolved as a consequent that is not involved as an
antecedent. And then Modern Science informs us that there is really no
such thing as Matter--that what we call Matter is merely &quot;interrupted
energy or force,&quot; that is, energy or force at a low rate of vibration.
As a recent writer has said &quot;Matter has melted into Mystery.&quot; Even
Material Science has abandoned the theory of Matter, and now rests on
the basis of &quot;Energy.&quot;

Then is THE ALL mere Energy or Force? Not Energy or Force as the
materialists use the terms, for their energy and force are blind,
mechanical things, devoid of Life or Mind. Life and Mind can never
evolve from blind Energy or Force, for the reason given a moment ago:
&quot;Nothing can rise higher than its source--nothing is evolved unless it
is involved--nothing manifests in the effect, unless it is in the cause.
&quot; And so THE ALL cannot be mere Energy or Force, for, if it were, then
there would be no such things as Life and Mind in existence, and we know
better than that, for we are Alive and using Mind to consider this very
question, and so are those who claim that Energy or Force is Everything.

What is there then higher than Matter or Energy that we know to be
existent in the Universe? LIFE AND MIND! Life and Mind in all their
varying degrees of unfoldment! &quot;Then,&quot; you ask, &quot;do you mean to tell us
that THE ALL is LIFE and MIND?&quot; Yes! and No! is our answer. If you mean
Life and Mind as we poor petty mortals know them, we say No! THE ALL is
not that! &quot;But what kind of Life and Mind do you mean?&quot; you ask.

The answer is &quot;LIVING MIND,&quot; as far above that which mortals know by
those words, as Life and Mind are higher than mechanical forces, or
matter--INFINITE LIVING MIND as compared to finite &quot;Life and Mind.&quot; We
mean that which the illumined souls mean when they reverently pronounce
the word: &quot;SPIRIT!&quot;

&quot;THE ALL&quot; is Infinite Living Mind--the Illumined call it SPIRIT!

CHAPTER V

THE MENTAL UNIVERSE

&quot;The Universe is Mental--held in the Mind of THE
    ALL.&quot;--The Kybalion.

THE ALL is SPIRIT! But what is Spirit? This question cannot be answered,
for the reason that its definition is practically that of THE ALL, which
cannot be explained or defined. Spirit is simply a name that men give to
the highest conception of Infinite Living Mind--it means &quot;the Real
Essence&quot;--it means Living Mind, as much superior to Life and Mind as we
know them, as the latter are superior to mechanical Energy and Matter.
Spirit transcends our understanding, and we use the term merely that we
may think or speak of THE ALL. For the purposes of thought and
understanding, we are justified in thinking of Spirit as Infinite Living
Mind, at the same time acknowledging that we cannot fully understand it.
We must either do this or stop thinking of the matter at all.

Let us now proceed to a consideration of the nature of the Universe, as
a whole and in its parts. What is the Universe? We have seen that there
can be nothing outside of THE ALL. Then is the Universe THE ALL? No,
this cannot be, because the Universe seems to be made up of MANY, and is
constantly changing, and in other ways it does not measure up to the
ideas that we are compelled to accept regarding THE ALL, as stated in
our last lesson. Then if the Universe be not THE ALL, then it must be
Nothing--such is the inevitable conclusion of the mind at first thought.
But this will not satisfy the question, for we are sensible of the
existence of the Universe. Then if the Universe is neither THE ALL, nor
Nothing, what Can it be? Let us examine this question.

If the Universe exists at all, or seems to exist, it must proceed in
some way from THE ALL--it must be a creation of THE ALL. But as
something can never come from nothing, from what could THE ALL have
created it. Some philosophers have answered this question by saying that
THE ALL created the Universe from ITSELF--that is, from the being and
substance of THE ALL. But this will not do, for THE ALL cannot be
subtracted from, nor divided, as we have seen, and then again if this be
so, would not each particle in the Universe be aware of its being THE
ALL--THE ALL could not lose its knowledge of itself, nor actually BECOME
an atom, or blind force, or lowly living thing. Some men, indeed,
realizing that THE ALL is indeed ALL, and also recognizing that they,
the men, existed, have jumped to the conclusion that they and THE ALL
were identical, and they have filled the air with shouts of &quot;I AM GOD,&quot;
to the amusement of the multitude and the sorrow of sages. The claim of
the corpuscle that: &quot;I am Man!&quot; would be modest in comparison.

But, what indeed is the Universe, if it be not THE ALL, not yet created
by THE ALL having separated itself into fragments? What else can it be--
of what else can it be made? This is the great question. Let us examine
it carefully. We find here that the &quot;Principle of Correspondence&quot; (see
Lesson I.) comes to our aid here. The old Hermetic axiom, &quot;As above so
below,&quot; may be pressed into service at this point. Let us endeavor to
get a glimpse of the workings on higher planes by examining those on our
own. The Principle of Correspondence must apply to this as well as to
other problems.

Let us see! On his own plane of being, how does Man create? Well, first,
he may create by making something out of outside materials. But this
will not do, for there are no materials outside of THE ALL with which it
may create. Well, then, secondly, Man pro-creates or reproduces his kind
by the process of begetting, which is self-multiplication accomplished
by transferring a portion of his substance to his offspring. But this
will not do, because THE ALL cannot transfer or subtract a portion of
itself, nor can it reproduce or multiply itself--in the first place
there would be a taking away, and in the second case a multiplication or
addition to THE ALL, both thoughts being an absurdity. Is there no third
way in which MAN creates? Yes, there is--he CREATES MENTALLY! And in so
doing he uses no outside materials, nor does he reproduce himself, and
yet his Spirit pervades the Mental Creation.

Following the Principle of Correspondence, we are justified in
considering that THE ALL creates the Universe MENTALLY, in a manner akin
to the process whereby Man creates Mental Images. And, here is where the
report of Reason tallies precisely with the report of the Illumined, as
shown by their teachings and writings. Such are the teachings of the
Wise Men. Such was the Teaching of Hermes.

THE ALL can create in no other way except mentally, without either using
material (and there is none to use), or else reproducing itself (which
is also impossible). There is no escape from this conclusion of the
Reason, which, as we have said, agrees with the highest teachings of the
Illumined. Just as you, student, may create a Universe of your own in
your mentality, so does THE ALL create Universes in its own Mentality.
But your Universe is the mental creation of a Finite Mind, whereas that
of THE ALL is the creation of an Infinite. The two are similar in kind,
but infinitely different in degree. We shall examine more closely into
the process of creation and manifestation as we proceed. But this is the
point to fix in your minds at this stage: THE UNIVERSE, AND ALL IT
CONTAINS, IS A MENTAL CREATION OF THE ALL. Verily indeed, ALL IS MIND!

&quot;THE ALL creates in its Infinite Mind countless Universes,
    which exist for aeons of Time--and yet, to THE ALL, the
    creation, development, decline and death of a million Universes
    is as the time of the twinkling of an eye.&quot;--The Kybalion.

&quot;The Infinite Mind of THE ALL is the womb of Universes.&quot;--The
    Kybalion.

The Principle of Gender (see Lesson I. and other lessons to follow) is
manifested on all planes of life, material mental and spiritual. But,
as we have said before, &quot;Gender&quot; does not mean &quot;Sex&quot; sex is merely a
material manifestation of gender. &quot;Gender&quot; means &quot;relating to generation
or creation.&quot; And whenever anything is generated or created, on any
plane, the Principle of Gender must be manifested. And this is true even
in the creation of Universes.

Now do not jump to the conclusion that we are teaching that there is a
male and female God, or Creator. That idea is merely a distortion of the
ancient teachings on the subject. The true teaching is that THE ALL, in
itself, is above Gender, as it is above every other Law, including those
of Time and Space. It is the Law, from which the Laws proceed, and it is
not subject to them. But when THE ALL manifests on the plane of
generation or creation, then it acts according to Law and Principle, for
it is moving on a lower plane of Being. And consequently it manifests
the Principle of Gender, in its Masculine and Feminine aspects, on the
Mental Plane, of course.

This idea may seem startling to some of you who hear it for the first
time, but you have all really passively accepted it in your everyday
conceptions. You speak of the Fatherhood of God, and the Motherhood of
Nature--of God, the Divine Father, and Nature the Universal Mother--and
have thus instinctively acknowledged the Principle of Gender in the
Universe. Is this not so?

But, the Hermetic teaching does not imply a real duality--THE ALL is
ONE--the Two Aspects are merely aspects of manifestation. The teaching
is that The Masculine Principle manifested by THE ALL stands, in a way,
apart from the actual mental creation of the Universe. It projects its
Will toward the Feminine Principle (which may be called &quot;Nature&quot;)
whereupon the latter begins the actual work of the evolution of the
Universe, from simple &quot;centers of activity&quot; on to man, and then on and
on still higher, all according to well-established and firmly enforced
Laws of Nature. If you prefer the old figures of thought, you may think
of the Masculine Principle as GOD, the Father, and of the Feminine
Principle as NATURE, the Universal Mother, from whose womb all things
have been born. This is more than a mere poetic figure of speech--it is
an idea of the actual process of the creation of the Universe. But
always remember, that THE ALL is but One, and that in its Infinite Mind
the Universe is generated, created and exists.

It may help you to get the proper idea, if you will apply the Law of
Correspondence to yourself, and your own mind. You know that the part of
You which you call &quot;I,&quot; in a sense, stands apart and witnesses the
creation of mental Images in your own mind. The part of your mind in
which the mental generation is accomplished may be called the &quot;Me&quot; in
distinction from the &quot;I&quot; which stands apart and witnesses and examines
the thoughts, ideas and images of the &quot;Me.&quot;  &quot;As above, so below,&quot;
remember, and the phenomena of one plane may be employed to solve the
riddles of higher or lower planes.

Is it any wonder that You, the child, feel that instinctive reverence
for THE ALL, which feeling we call &quot;religion&quot;--that respect, and
reverence for THE FATHER MIND? Is it any wonder that, when you consider
the works and wonders of Nature, you are overcome with a mighty feeling
which has its roots away down in your inmost being? It is the MOTHER
MIND that you are pressing close up to, like a babe to the breast.

Do not make the mistake of supposing that the little world you see
around you--the Earth, which is a mere grain of dust in the Universe--is
the Universe itself. There are millions upon millions of such worlds,
and greater. And there are millions of millions of such Universes in
existence within the Infinite Mind of THE ALL. And even in our own
little solar system there are regions and planes of life far higher than
ours, and beings compared to which we earth-bound mortals are as the
slimy life-forms that dwell on the ocean's bed when compared to Man.
There are beings with powers and attributes higher than Man has ever
dreamed of the gods' possessing. And yet these beings were once as you,
and still lower--and you will be even as they, and still higher, in
time, for such is the Destiny of Man as reported by the Illumined.

And Death is not real, even in the Relative sense--it is but Birth to a
new life--and You shall go on, and on, and on, to higher and still
higher planes of life, for aeons upon aeons of time. The Universe is
your home, and you shall explore its farthest recesses before the end of
Time. You are dwelling in the Infinite Mind of THE ALL, and your
possibilities and opportunities are infinite, both in time and space.
And at the end of the Grand Cycle of Aeons, when THE ALL shall draw back
into itself all of its creations--you will go gladly for you will then
be able to know the Whole Truth of being At One with THE ALL. Such is
the report of the Illumined--those who have advanced well along The
Path.

And, in the meantime, rest calm and serene--you are safe and protected
by the Infinite Power of the FATHER-MOTHER MIND.

&quot;Within the Father-Mother Mind, mortal children are at
    home.&quot;--The Kybalion.

&quot;There is not one who is Fatherless, nor Motherless in the
    Universe.&quot;--The Kybalion.

CHAPTER VI

THE DIVINE PARADOX

&quot;The half-wise, recognizing the comparative unreality of
    the Universe, imagine that they may defy its Laws--such
    are vain and presumptuous fools, and they are broken against
    the rocks and torn asunder by the elements by reason of
    their folly. The truly wise, knowing the nature of the Universe,
    use Law against laws; the higher against the lower; and by
    the Art of Alchemy transmute that which is undesirable into
    that which is worthy, and thus triumph. Mastery consists not
    in abnormal dreams, visions and fantastic imaginings or
    living, but in using the higher forces against the lower--escaping
    the pains of the lower planes by vibrating on the higher.
    Transmutation, not presumptuous denial, is the weapon of the
    Master.&quot;--The Kybalion.

This is the Paradox of the Universe, resulting from the Principle of
Polarity which manifests when THE ALL begins to Create--hearken to it
for it points the difference between half-wisdom and wisdom. While to
THE INFINITE ALL, the Universe, its Laws, its Powers, its life, its
Phenomena, are as things witnessed in the state of Meditation or Dream;
yet to all that is Finite, the Universe must be treated as Real, and
life, and action, and thought, must be based thereupon, accordingly,
although with an ever understanding of the Higher Truth. Each according
to its own Plane and Laws. Were THE ALL to imagine that the Universe
were indeed Reality, then woe to the Universe, for there would be then
no escape from lower to higher, divineward--then would the Universe
become a fixity and progress would become impossible. And if Man, owing
to half-wisdom, acts and lives and thinks of the Universe as merely a
dream (akin to his own finite dreams) then indeed does it so become for
him, and like a sleep-walker he stumbles ever around and around in a
circle, making no progress, and being forced into an awakening at last
by his falling bruised and bleeding over the Natural Laws which he
ignored. Keep your mind ever on the Star, but let your eyes watch over
your footsteps, lest you fall into the mire by reason of your upward
gaze. Remember the Divine Paradox, that while the Universe IS NOT, still
IT IS. Remember ever the Two Poles of Truth the Absolute and the
Relative. Beware of Half-Truths.

What Hermetists know as &quot;the Law of Paradox&quot; is an aspect of the
Principle of Polarity. The Hermetic writings are filled with references
to the appearance of the Paradox in the consideration of the problems of
Life and Being. The Teachers are constantly warning their students
against the error of omitting the &quot;other side&quot; of any question. And
their warnings are particularly directed to the problems of the Absolute
and the Relative, which perplex all students of philosophy, and which
cause so many to think and act contrary to what is generally known as
&quot;common sense.&quot; And we caution all students to be sure to grasp the
Divine Paradox of the Absolute and Relative, lest they become entangled
in the mire of the Half-Truth. With this in view this particular lesson
has been written. Read it carefully!

The first thought that comes to the thinking man after he realizes the
truth that the Universe is a Mental Creation of THE ALL, is that the
Universe and all that it contains is a mere illusion; an unreality;
against which idea his instincts revolt. But this, like all other great
truths, must be considered both from the Absolute and the Relative
points of view. From the Absolute viewpoint, of course, the Universe is
in the nature of an illusion, a dream, a phantasmagoria, as compared to
THE ALL in itself. We recognize this even in our ordinary view, for we
speak of the world as &quot;a fleeting show&quot; that comes and goes, is born and
dies--for the element of impermanence and change, finiteness and
unsubstantiality, must ever be connected with the idea of a created
Universe when it is contrasted with the idea of THE ALL, no matter what
may be our beliefs concerning the nature of both. Philosopher,
metaphysician, scientist and theologian all agree upon this idea, and
the thought is found in all forms of philosophical thought and religious
conceptions, as well as in the theories of the respective schools of
metaphysics and theology.

So, the Hermetic Teachings do not preach the unsubstantiality of the
Universe in any stronger terms than those more familiar to you, although
their presentation of the subject may seem somewhat more startling.
Anything that has a beginning and an ending must be, in a sense, unreal
and untrue, and the Universe comes under the rule, in all schools of
thought. From the Absolute point of view, there is nothing Real except
THE ALL, no matter what terms we may use in thinking of, or discussing
the subject. Whether the Universe be created of Matter, or whether it be
a Mental Creation in the Mind of THE ALL--it is unsubstantial,
non-enduring, a thing of time, space and change. We want you to realize
this fact thoroughly, before you pass judgment on the Hermetic
conception of the Mental nature of the Universe. Think over any and all
of the other conceptions, and see whether this be not true of them.

But the Absolute point of view shows merely one side of the picture--the
other side is the Relative one. Absolute Truth has been defined as
&quot;Things as the mind of God knows them,&quot; while Relative Truth is &quot;Things
as the highest reason of Man understands them.&quot; And so while to THE ALL
the Universe must be unreal and illusionary, a mere dream or result of
meditation,--nevertheless, to the finite minds forming a part of that
Universe, and viewing it through mortal faculties, the Universe is very
real indeed, and must be so considered. In recognizing the Absolute
view, we must not make the mistake of ignoring or denying the facts and
phenomena of the Universe as they present themselves to our mortal
faculties--we are not THE ALL, remember.

To take familiar illustrations, we all recognize the fact that matter
&quot;exists&quot; to our senses--we will fare badly if we do not. And yet, even
our finite minds understand the scientific dictum that there is no such
thing as Matter from a scientific point of view--that which we call
Matter is held to be merely an aggregation of atoms, which atoms
themselves are merely a grouping of units of force, called electrons or
&quot;ions,&quot; vibrating and in constant circular motion. We kick a stone and
we feel the impact--it seems to be real, notwithstanding that we know it
to be merely what we have stated above. But remember that our foot,
which feels the impact by means of our brains, is likewise Matter, so
constituted of electrons, and for that matter so are our brains. And, at
the best, if it were not by reason of our Mind, we would not know the
foot or stone at all.

Then again, the ideal of the artist or sculptor, which he is endeavoring
to reproduce in stone or on canvas, seems very real to him. So do the
characters in the mind of the author; or dramatist, which he seeks to
express so that others may recognize them. And if this be true in the
case of our finite minds, what must be the degree of Reality in the
Mental Images created in the Mind of the Infinite? Oh, friends, to
mortals this Universe of Mentality is very real indeed--it is the only
one we can ever know, though we rise from plane to plane, higher and
higher in it. To know it otherwise, but actual experience, we must be
THE ALL itself. It is true that the higher we rise in the scale--the
nearer to &quot;the mind of the Father&quot; we reach--the more apparent becomes
the illusory nature of finite things, but not until THE ALL finally
withdraws us into itself does the vision actually vanish.

So, we need not dwell upon the feature of illusion. Rather let us,
recognizing the real nature of the Universe, seek to understand its
mental laws, and endeavor to use them to the best effect in our upward
progress through life, as we travel from plane to plane of being. The
Laws of the Universe are none the less &quot;Iron Laws&quot; because of the mental
nature. All, except THE ALL, are bound by them. What is IN THE INFINITE
MIND OF THE ALL is REAL in a degree second only to that Reality itself
which is vested in the nature of THE ALL.

So, do not feel insecure or afraid--we are all HELD FIRMLY IN THE
INFINITE MIND OF THE ALL, and there is naught to hurt us or for us to
fear. There is no Power outside of THE ALL to affect us. So we may rest
calm and secure. There is a world of comfort and security in this
realization when once attained. Then &quot;calm and peaceful do we sleep,
rocked in the Cradle of the Deep&quot;--resting safely on the bosom of the
Ocean of Infinite Mind, which is THE ALL. In THE ALL, indeed, do &quot;we
live and move and have our being.&quot;

Matter is none the less Matter to us, while we dwell on the plane of
Matter, although we know it to be merely an aggregation of &quot;electrons,&quot;
or particles of Force, vibrating rapidly and gyrating around each other
in the formations of atoms; the atoms in turn vibrating and gyrating,
forming molecules, which latter in turn form larger masses of Matter.
Nor does Matter become less Matter, when we follow the inquiry still
further, and learn from the Hermetic Teachings, that the &quot;Force&quot; of
which the electrons are but units is merely a manifestation of the Mind
of THE ALL, and like all else in the Universe is purely Mental in its
nature. While on the Plane of matter, we must recognize its phenomena--
we may control Matter (as all Masters of higher or lesser degree do),
but we do so by applying the higher forces. We commit a folly when we
attempt to deny the existence of Matter in the relative aspect. We may
deny its mastery over us--and rightly so--but we should not attempt to
ignore it in its relative aspect, at least so long as we dwell upon its
plane.

Nor do the Laws of Nature become less constant or effective, when we
know them, likewise, to be merely mental creations. They are in full
effect on the various planes. We overcome the lower laws, by applying
still higher ones--and in this way only. But we cannot escape Law or
rise above it entirely. Nothing but THE ALL can escape Law--and that
because THE ALL is LAW itself, from which all Laws emerge. The most
advanced Masters may acquire the powers usually attributed to the gods
of men; and there are countless ranks of being, in the great hierarchy
of life, whose being and power transcends even that of the highest
Masters among men to a degree unthinkable by mortals, but even the
highest Master, and the highest Being, must bow to the Law, and be as
Nothing in the eye of THE ALL. So that if even these highest Beings,
whose powers exceed even those attributed by men to their gods--if even
these are bound by and are subservient to Law, then imagine the
presumption of mortal man, of our race and grade, when he dares to
consider the Laws of Nature as &quot;unreal!&quot; visionary and illusory, because
he happens to be able to grasp the truth that the Laws are Mental in
nature, and simply Mental Creations of THE ALL. Those Laws which THE ALL
intends to be governing Laws are not to be defied or argued away. So
long as the Universe endures, will they endure--for the Universe exists
by virtue of these Laws which form its framework and which hold it
together.

The Hermetic Principle of Mentalism, while explaining the true nature of
the Universe upon the principle that all is Mental, does not change the
scientific conceptions of the Universe, Life, or Evolution. In fact,
science merely corroborates the Hermetic Teachings. The latter merely
teaches that the nature of the Universe is &quot;Mental,&quot; while modern
science has taught that it is &quot;Material&quot;; or (of late) that it is
&quot;Energy&quot; at the last analysis. The Hermetic Teachings have no fault to
find with Herbert Spencer's basic principle which postulates the
existence of an &quot;Infinite and Eternal Energy, from which all things
proceed.&quot; In fact, the Hermetics recognize in Spencer's philosophy the
highest outside statement of the workings of the Natural Laws that have
ever been promulgated, and they believe Spencer to have been a
reincarnation of an ancient philosopher who dwelt in ancient Egypt
thousands of years ago, and who later incarnated as Heraclitus, the
Grecian philosopher who lived B. C. 500. And they regard his statement
of the &quot;Infinite and Eternal Energy&quot; as directly in the line of the
Hermetic Teachings, always with the addition of their own doctrine
that his &quot;Energy&quot; is the Energy of the Mind of THE ALL. With the
Master-Key of the Hermetic Philosophy, the student of Spencer will be
able to unlock many doors of the inner philosophical conceptions of the
great English philosopher, whose work shows the results of the
preparation of his previous incarnations. His teachings regarding
Evolution and Rhythm are in almost perfect agreement with the Hermetic
Teachings regarding the Principle of Rhythm.

So, the student of Hermetics need not lay aside any of his cherished
scientific views regarding the Universe. All he is asked to do is to
grasp the underlying principle of &quot;THE ALL is Mind; the Universe is
Mental--held in the mind of THE ALL.&quot; He will find that the other six of
the Seven Principles will &quot;fit into&quot; his scientific knowledge, and will
serve to bring out obscure points and to throw light in dark corners.
This is not to be wondered at, when we realize the influence of the
Hermetic thought of the early philosophers of Greece, upon whose
foundations of thought the theories of modern science largely rest. The
acceptance of the First Hermetic Principle (Mentalism) is the only great
point of difference between Modern Science and Hermetic students, and
Science is gradually moving toward the Hermetic position in its groping
in the dark for a way out of the Labyrinth into which it has wandered in
its search for Reality.

The purpose of this lesson is to impress upon the minds of our students
the fact that, to all intents and purposes, the Universe and its laws,
and its phenomena, are just as REAL, so far as Man is concerned, as they
would be under the hypotheses of Materialism or Energism. Under any
hypothesis the Universe in its outer aspect is changing, ever-flowing,
and transitory--and therefore devoid of substantiality and reality. But
(note the other pole of the truth) under the same hypotheses, we are
compelled to ACT AND LIVE as if the fleeting things were real and
substantial. With this difference, always, between the various
hypotheses--that under the old views Mental Power was ignored as a
Natural Force, while under Mentalism it becomes the Greatest Natural
Force. And this one difference revolutionizes Life, to those who
understand the Principle and its resulting laws and practice.

So, finally, students all, grasp the advantage of Mentalism, and learn
to know, use and apply the laws resulting therefrom. But do not yield to
the temptation which, as The Kybalion states, overcomes the half-wise
and which causes them to be hypnotized by the apparent unreality of
things, the consequence being that they wander about like dream-people
dwelling in a world of dreams, ignoring the practical work and life of
man, the end being that &quot;they are broken against the rocks and torn
asunder by the elements, by reason of their folly.&quot; Rather follow the
example of the wise, which the same authority states, &quot;use Law against
Laws; the higher against the lower; and by the Art of Alchemy transmute
that which is undesirable into that which is worthy, and thus triumph.&quot;
Following the authority, let us avoid the half-wisdom (which is folly)
which ignores the truth that: &quot;Mastery consists not in abnormal dreams,
visions, and fantastic imaginings or living, but in using the higher
forces against the lower--escaping the pains of the lower planes by
vibrating on the higher.&quot; Remember always, student, that &quot;Transmutation,
not presumptuous denial, is the weapon of the Master.&quot; The above
quotations are from The Kybalion, and are worthy of being committed to
memory by the student.

We do not live in a world of dreams, but in an Universe which while
relative, is real so far as our lives and actions are concerned. Our
business in the Universe is not to deny its existence, but to LIVE,
using the Laws to rise from lower to higher--living on, doing the best
that we can under the circumstances arising each day, and living, so far
as is possible, to our biggest ideas and ideals. The true Meaning of
Life is not known to men on this plane .if, indeed, to any--but the
highest authorities, and our own intuitions, teach us that we will make
no mistake in living up to the best that is in us, so far as is
possible, and realising the Universal tendency in the same direction in
spite of apparent evidence to the contrary. We are all on The Path--and
the road leads upward ever, with frequent resting places.

Read the message of The Kybalion--and follow the example of &quot;the
wise&quot;--avoiding the mistake of &quot;the half-wise&quot; who perish by reason of
their folly.

CHAPTER VII

&quot;THE ALL&quot; IN ALL

&quot;While All is in THE ALL, it is equally true that THE
    ALL is in ALL.  To him who truly understands this
    truth hath come great knowledge.&quot;--The Kybalion.

How often have the majority of people heard repeated the statement that
their Deity (called by many names) was &quot;All in All&quot; and how little have
they suspected the inner occult truth concealed by these carelessly
uttered words? The commonly used expression is a survival of the ancient
Hermetic Maxim quoted above. As the Kybalion says: &quot;To him who truly
understands this truth, hath come great knowledge.&quot; And, this being so,
let us seek this truth, the understanding of which means so much. In
this statement of truth--this Hermetic Maxim--is concealed one of the
greatest philosophical, scientific and religious truths.

We have given you the Hermetic Teaching regarding the Mental Nature of
the Universe--the truth that &quot;the Universe is Mental--held in the Mind
of THE ALL.&quot; As the Kybalion says, in the passage quoted above: &quot;All is
in THE ALL.&quot; But note also the co-related statement, that: &quot;It is
equally true that THE ALL is in ALL.&quot; This apparently contradictory
statement is reconcilable under the Law of Paradox. It is, moreover, an
exact Hermetic statement of the relations existing between THE ALL and
its Mental Universe. We have seen how &quot;All is in THE ALL&quot;--now let us
examine the other aspect of the subject.

The Hermetic Teachings are to the effect that THE ALL is Imminent in
(&quot;remaining within; inherent; abiding within&quot;) its Universe, and in
every part, particle, unit, or combination, within the Universe. This
statement is usually illustrated by the Teachers by a reference to the
Principle of Correspondence. The Teacher instructs the student to form a
Mental Image of something, a person, an idea, something having a mental
form, the favorite example being that of the author or dramatist forming
an idea of his characters; or a painter or sculptor forming an image of
an ideal that he wishes to express by his art. In each case, the student
will find that while the image has its existence, and being, solely
within his own mind, yet he, the student, author, dramatist, painter, or
sculptor, is, in a sense, immanent in; remaining within; or abiding
within, the mental image also. In other words, the entire virtue, life,
spirit, of reality in the mental image is derived from the &quot;immanent
mind&quot; of the thinker. Consider this for a moment, until the idea is
grasped.

To take a modern example, let us say that Othello, Iago, Hamlet, Lear,
Richard III, existed merely in the mind of Shakespeare, at the time of
their conception or creation. And yet, Shakespeare also existed within
each of these characters, giving them their vitality, spirit, and
action. Whose is the &quot;spirit&quot; of the characters that we know as
Micawber, Oliver Twist, Uriah Heep--is it Dickens, or have each of these
characters a personal spirit, independent of their creator? Have the
Venus of Medici, the Sistine Madonna, the Apollo Belvidere, spirits and
reality of their own, or do they represent the spiritual and mental
power of their creators? The Law of Paradox explains that both
propositions are true, viewed from the proper viewpoints. Micawber is
both Micawber, and yet Dickens. And, again, while Micawber may be said
to be Dickens, yet Dickens is not identical with Micawber. Man, like
Micawber, may exclaim: &quot;The Spirit of my Creator is inherent within me--
and yet I am not HE!&quot; How different this from the shocking half-truth so
vociferously announced by certain of the half-wise, who fill the air
with their raucous cries of: &quot;I am God!&quot; Imagine poor Micawber, or the
sneaky Uriah Heep, crying: &quot;I Am Dickens&quot;; or some of the lowly clods in
one of Shakespeare's plays, eloquently announcing that: &quot;I Am
Shakespeare!&quot; THE ALL is in the earthworm, and yet the earth-worm is far
from being THE ALL. And still the wonder remains, that though the
earth-worm exists merely as a lowly thing, created and having its being
solely within the Mind of THE ALL--yet THE ALL is immanent in the
earthworm, and in the particles that go to make up the earth-worm. Can
there be any greater mystery than this of &quot;All in THE ALL; and THE ALL
in All?&quot;

The student will, of course, realize that the illustrations given above
are necessarily imperfect and inadequate, for they represent the
creation of mental images in finite minds, while the Universe is a
creation of Infinite Mind--and the difference between the two poles
separates them. And yet it is merely a matter of degree--the same
Principle is in operation--the Principle of Correspondence manifests in
each--&quot;As above, so Below; as Below, so above.&quot;

And, in the degree that Man realizes the existence of the Indwelling
Spirit immanent within his being, so will he rise in the spiritual scale
of life. This is what spiritual development means--the recognition,
realization, and manifestation of the Spirit within us. Try to remember
this last definition--that of spiritual development. It contains the
Truth of True Religion.

There are many planes of Being--many sub-planes of Life--many degrees of
existence in the Universe. And all depend upon the advancement of beings
in the scale, of which scale the lowest point is the grossest matter,
the highest being separated only by the thinnest division from the
SPIRIT of THE ALL. And, upward and onward along this Scale of Life,
everything is moving. All are on the Path, whose end is THE ALL. All
progress is a Returning Home. All is Upward and Onward, in spite of all
seemingly contradictory appearances. Such is the message of the
Illumined.

The Hermetic Teachings concerning the process of the Mental Creation of
the Universe, are that at the beginning of the Creative Cycle, THE ALL,
in its aspect of Being, projects its Will toward its aspect of
&quot;Becoming&quot; and the process of creation begins. It is taught that the
process consists of the lowering of Vibration until a very low degree of
vibratory energy is reached, at which point the grossest possible form
of Matter is manifested. This process is called the stage of Involution,
in which THE ALL becomes &quot;involved,&quot; or &quot;wrapped up,&quot; in its creation.
This process is believed by the Hermetists to have a Correspondence to
the mental process of an artist, writer, or inventor, who becomes so
wrapped up in his mental creation as to almost forget his own existence
and who, for the time being, almost &quot;lives in his creation,&quot; If instead
of &quot;wrapped&quot; we use the word &quot;rapt,&quot; perhaps we will give a better idea
of what is meant.

This Involuntary stage of Creation is sometimes called the &quot;Outpouring&quot;
of the Divine Energy, just as the Evolutionary state is called the
&quot;Indrawing.&quot; The extreme pole of the Creative process is considered to
be the furthest removed from THE ALL, while the beginning of the
Evolutionary stage is regarded as the beginning of the return swing of
the pendulum of Rhythm--a &quot;coming home&quot; idea being held in all of the
Hermetic Teachings.

The Teachings are that during the &quot;Outpouring,&quot; the vibrations become
lower and lower until finally the urge ceases, and the return swing
begins. But there is this difference, that while in the &quot;Outpouring&quot; the
creative forces manifest compactly and as a whole, yet from the
beginning of the Evolutionary or &quot;Indrawing&quot; stage, there is manifested
the Law of Individualization--that is, the tendency to separate into
Units of Force, so that finally that which left THE ALL as
unindividualized energy returns to its source as countless highly
developed Units of Life, having risen higher and higher in the scale by
means of Physical, Mental and Spiritual Evolution.

The ancient Hermetists use the word &quot;Meditation&quot; in describing the
process of the mental creation of the Universe in the Mind of THE ALL,
the word &quot;Contemplation&quot; also being frequently employed. But the idea
intended seems to be that of the employment of the Divine Attention.
&quot;Attention&quot; is a word derived from the Latin root, meaning &quot;to reach
out; to stretch out,&quot; and so the act of Attention is really a mental
&quot;reaching out; extension&quot; of mental energy, so that the underlying idea
is readily understood when we examine into the real meaning of
&quot;Attention.&quot;

The Hermetic Teachings regarding the process of Evolution are that, THE
ALL, having meditated upon the beginning of the Creation--having thus
established the material foundations of the Universe--having thought it
into existence--then gradually awakens or rouses from its Meditation and
in so doing starts into manifestation the process of Evolution, on the
material mental and spiritual planes, successively and in order. Thus
the upward movement begins--and all begins to move Spiritward. Matter
becomes less gross; the Units spring into being; the combinations begin
to form; Life appears and manifests in higher and higher forms; and Mind
becomes more and more in evidence--the vibrations constantly becoming
higher. In short, the entire process of Evolution, in all of its phases,
begins, and proceeds according to the established &quot;Laws of the
Indrawing&quot; process. All of this occupies aeons upon aeons of Man's time,
each aeon containing countless millions of years, but yet the Illumined
inform us that the entire creation, including Involution and Evolution,
of an Universe, is but &quot;as the twinkle of the eye&quot; to THE ALL.  At the
end of countless cycles of aeons of time, THE ALL withdraws its
Attention--its Contemplation and Meditation--of the Universe, for the
Great Work is finished--and All is withdrawn into THE ALL from which it
emerged. But Mystery of Mysteries--the Spirit of each soul is not
annihilated, but is infinitely expanded--the Created and the Creator are
merged. Such is the report of the Illumined!

The above illustration of the &quot;meditation,&quot; and subsequent &quot;awakening
from meditation,&quot; of THE ALL, is of course but an attempt of the
teachers to describe the Infinite process by a finite example. And, yet:
&quot;As Below, so Above.&quot; The difference is merely in degree. And just as
THE ALL arouses itself from the meditation upon the Universe, so does
Man (in time) cease from manifesting upon the Material Plane, and
withdraws himself more and more into the Indwelling Spirit, which is
indeed &quot;The Divine Ego.&quot;

There is one more matter of which we desire to speak in this lesson, and
that comes very near to an invasion of the Metaphysical field of
speculation, although our purpose is merely to show the futility of such
speculation. We allude to the question which inevitably comes to the
mind of all thinkers who have ventured to seek the Truth. The question
is: &quot;WHY does THE ALL create Universes&quot; The question may be asked in
different forms, but the above is the gist of the inquiry.

Men have striven hard to answer this question, but still there is no
answer worthy of the name. Some have imagined that THE ALL had something
to gain by it, but this is absurd, for what could THE ALL gain that it
did not already possess? Others have sought the answer in the idea that
THE ALL &quot;wished something to love&quot; and others that it created for
pleasure, or amusement; or because it &quot;was lonely&quot; or to manifest its
power;--all puerile explanations and ideas, belonging to the childish
period of thought.

Others have sought to explain the mystery by assuming that THE ALL found
itself &quot;compelled&quot; to create, by reason of its own &quot;internal
nature&quot;--its &quot;creative instinct.&quot; This idea is in advance of the others,
but its weak point lies in the idea of THE ALL being &quot;compelled&quot; by
anything, internal or external. If its &quot;internal nature,&quot; or &quot;creative
instinct,&quot; compelled it to do anything, then the &quot;internal nature&quot; or
&quot;creative instinct&quot; would be the Absolute, instead of THE ALL, and so
accordingly that part of the proposition falls. And, yet, THE ALL does
create and manifest, and seems to find some kind of satisfaction in so
doing. And it is difficult to escape the conclusion that in some
infinite degree it must have what would correspond to an &quot;inner nature,&quot;
or &quot;creative instinct,&quot; in man, with correspondingly infinite Desire and
Will. It could not act unless it Willed to Act; and it would not Will to
Act, unless it Desired to Act and it would not Desire to Act unless it
obtained some Satisfaction thereby. And all of these things would belong
to an &quot;Inner Nature,&quot; and might be postulated as existing according to
the Law of Correspondence. But, still, we prefer to think of THE ALL as
acting entirely FREE from any influence, internal as well as external.
That is the problem which lies at the root of difficulty--and the
difficulty that lies at the root of the problem.

Strictly speaking, there cannot be said to be any &quot;Reason&quot; whatsoever
for THE ALL to act, for a &quot;reason&quot; implies a &quot;cause,&quot; and THE ALL is
above Cause and Effect, except when it Wills to become a Cause, at which
time the Principle is set into motion. So, you see, the matter is
Unthinkable, just as THE ALL is Unknowable. Just as we say THE ALL
merely &quot;IS&quot;--so we are compelled to say that &quot;THE ALL ACTS BECAUSE IT
ACTS.&quot; At the last, THE ALL is All Reason in Itself; All Law in Itself;
All Action in Itself--and it may be said, truthfully, that THE ALL is
Its Own Reason; its own Law; its own Act--or still further, that THE
ALL; Its Reason; Its Act; is Law; are ONE, all being names for the same
thing. In the opinion of those who are giving you these present lessons,
the answer is locked up in the INNER SELF of THE ALL, along with its
Secret of Being. The Law of Correspondence, in our opinion, reaches only
to that aspect of THE ALL, which may be spoken of as &quot;The Aspect of
BECOMING.&quot; Back of that Aspect is &quot;The Aspect of BEING&quot; in which all
Laws are lost in LAW; all Principles merge into PRINCIPLE--and THE ALL;
PRINCIPLE; and BEING; are IDENTICAL, ONE AND THE SAME. Therefore,
Metaphysical speculation on this point is futile. We go into the matter
here, merely to show that we recognize the question, and also the
absurdity of the ordinary answers of metaphysics and theology.

In conclusion, it may be of interest to our students to learn that while
some of the ancient, and modern, Hermetic Teachers have rather inclined
in the direction of applying the Principle of Correspondence to the
question, with the result of the &quot;Inner Nature&quot; conclusion,--still the
legends have it that HERMES, the Great, when asked this question by his
advanced students, answered them by PRESSING HIS LIPS TIGHTLY TOGETHER
and saying not a word, indicating that there WAS NO ANSWER. But, then,
he may have intended to apply the axiom of his philosophy, that: &quot;The
lips of Wisdom are closed, except to the ears of Understanding,&quot;
believing that even his advanced students did not possess the
Understanding which entitled them to the Teaching. At any rate, if
Hermes possessed the Secret, he failed to impart it, and so far as the
world is concerned THE LIPS OF HERMES ARE CLOSED regarding it. And where
the Great Hermes hesitated to speak, what mortal may dare to teach?

But, remember, that whatever be the answer to this problem, if indeed
there be an answer the truth remains that:  &quot;While All is in THE ALL, it
is equally true that THE ALL is in All.&quot; The Teaching on this point is
emphatic. And, we may add the concluding words of the quotation: &quot;To him
who truly understands this truth, hath come great knowledge.&quot;

CHAPTER VIII

PLANES OF CORRESPONDENCE

&quot;As above, so below; as below, so above.&quot;--The Kybalion.

The great Second Hermetic Principle embodies the truth that there is a
harmony, agreement, and correspondence between the several planes of
Manifestation, Life and Being. This truth is a truth because all that is
included in the Universe emanates from the same source, and the same
laws, principles, and characteristics apply to each unit, or combination
of units, of activity, as each manifests its own phenomena upon its own
plane.

For the purpose of convenience of thought and study, the Hermetic
Philosophy considers that the Universe may be divided into three great
classes of phenomena, known as the Three Great Planes, namely:

1. The Great Physical Plane.
    2. The Great Mental Plane.
    3. The Great Spiritual Plane.

These divisions are more or less artificial and arbitrary, for the truth
is that all of the three divisions are but ascending degrees of the
great scale of Life, the lowest point of which is undifferentiated
Matter, and the highest point that of Spirit. And, moreover, the
different Planes shade into each other, so that no hard and fast
division may be made between the higher phenomena of the Physical and
the lower of the Mental; or between the higher of the Mental and the
lower of the Physical.

In short, the Three Great Planes may be regarded as three great groups
of degrees of Life Manifestation. While the purposes of this little book
do not allow us to enter into an extended discussion of, or explanation
of, the subject of these different planes, still we think it well to
give a general description of the same at this point.

At the beginning we may as well consider the question so often asked by
the neophyte, who desires to be informed regarding the meaning of the
word &quot;Plane&quot;, which term has been very freely used, and very poorly
explained, in many recent works upon the subject of occultism. The
question is generally about as follows: &quot;Is a Plane a place having
dimensions, or is it merely a condition or state?&quot; We answer: &quot;No, not a
place, nor ordinary dimension of space; and yet more than a state or
condition. It may be considered as a state or condition, and yet the
state or condition is a degree of dimension, in a scale subject to
measurement.&quot; Somewhat paradoxical, is it not? But let us examine the
matter. A &quot;dimension,&quot; you know, is &quot;a measure in a straight line,
relating to measure,&quot; etc. The ordinary dimensions of space are length,
breadth, and height, or perhaps length, breadth, height, thickness or
circumference. But there is another dimension of &quot;created things&quot; or
&quot;measure in a straight line,&quot; known to occultists, and to scientists as
well, although the latter have not as yet applied the term &quot;dimension&quot;
to it--and this new dimension, which, by the way, is the much speculated
-about &quot;Fourth Dimension,&quot; is the standard used in determining the
degrees or &quot;planes.&quot;

This Fourth Dimension may be called &quot;The Dimension of Vibration&quot; It is a
fact well known to modern science, as well as to the Hermetists who have
embodied the truth in their &quot;Third Hermetic Principle,&quot; that &quot;everything
is in motion; everything vibrates; nothing is at rest.&quot;  From the
highest manifestation, to the lowest, everything and all things Vibrate.
Not only do they vibrate at different rates of motion, but as in
different directions and in a different manner. The degrees of the rate
of vibrations constitute the degrees of measurement on the Scale of
Vibrations--in other words the degrees of the Fourth Dimension. And
these degrees form what occultists call &quot;Planes&quot; The higher the degree
of rate of vibration, the higher the plane, and the higher the
manifestation of Life occupying that plane. So that while a plane is not
&quot;a place,&quot; nor yet &quot;a state or condition,&quot; yet it possesses qualities
common to both. We shall have more to say regarding the subject of the
scale of Vibrations in our next lessons, in which we shall consider the
Hermetic Principle of Vibration.

You will kindly remember, however, that the Three Great Planes are not
actual divisions of the phenomena of the Universe, but merely arbitrary
terms used by the Hermetists in order to aid in the thought and study of
the various degrees and Forms of universal activity and life. The atom
of matter, the unit of force, the mind of man, and the being of the arch
-angel are all but degrees in one scale, and all fundamentally the same,
the difference between solely a matter of degree, and rate of
vibration--all are creations of THE ALL, and have their existence solely
within the Infinite Mind of THE ALL.

The Hermetists sub-divide each of the Three Great Planes into Seven
Minor Planes, and each of these latter are also sub-divided into seven
sub-planes, all divisions being more or less arbitrary, shading into
each other, and adopted merely for convenience of scientific study and
thought.

The Great Physical Plane, and its Seven Minor Planes, is that division
of the phenomena of the Universe which includes all that relates to
physics, or material things, forces, and manifestations. It includes all
forms of that which we call Matter, and all forms of that which we call
Energy or Force. But you must remember that the Hermetic Philosophy does
not recognize Matter as a thing in itself, or as having a separate
existence even in the Mind of THE ALL. The Teachings are that Matter is
but a form of Energy--.that is, Energy at a low rate of vibrations of a
certain kind. And accordingly the Hermetists classify Matter under the
head of Energy, and give to it three of the Seven Minor Planes of the
Great Physical Plane.

These Seven Minor Physical Planes are as follows:

1. The Plane of Matter (A)
    2. The Plane of Matter (B)
    3. The Plane of Matter (C)
    4. The Plane of Ethereal Substance
    5. The Plane of Energy (A)
    6. The Plane of Energy (B)
    7. The Plane of Energy (C)

The Plane of Matter (A) comprises the forms of Matter in its form of
solids, liquids, and gases, as generally recognized by the text-books on
physics. The Plane of Matter (B) comprises certain higher and more
subtle forms of Matter of the existence of which modern science is but
now recognizing, the phenomena of Radiant Matter, in its phases of
radium, etc., belonging to the lower sub-division of this Minor Plane.
The Plane of Matter (C) comprises forms of the most subtle and tenuous
Matter, the existence of which is not suspected by ordinary scientists.
The Plane of Ethereal Substance comprises that which science speaks of
as &quot;The Ether&quot;, a substance of extreme tenuity and elasticity, pervading
all Universal Space, and acting as a medium for the transmission of
waves of energy, such as light, heat, electricity, etc. This Ethereal
Substance forms a connecting link between Matter (so-called) and Energy,
and partakes of the nature of each. The Hermetic Teachings, however,
instruct that this plane has seven sub-divisions (as have all of the
Minor Planes), and that in fact there are seven ethers, instead of but
one.

Next above the Plane of Ethereal Substance comes the Plane of Energy
(A), which comprises the ordinary forms of Energy known to science, its
seven sub-planes being, respectively, Heat; Light; Magnetism;
Electricity, and Attraction (including Gravitation, Cohesion, Chemical
Affinity, etc.) and several other forms of energy indicated by
scientific experiments but not as yet named or classified. The Plane of
Energy (B) comprises seven subplanes of higher forms of energy not as
yet discovered by science, but which have been called &quot;Nature's Finer
Forces&quot; and which are called into operation in manifestations of certain
forms of mental phenomena, and by which such phenomena becomes possible.
The Plane of Energy (C) comprises seven sub-planes of energy so highly
organized that it bears many of the characteristics of &quot;life,&quot; but which
is not recognized by the minds of men on the ordinary plane of
development, being available for the use on beings of the Spiritual
Plane alone--such energy is unthinkable to ordinary man, and may be
considered almost as &quot;the divine power.&quot; The beings employing the same
are as &quot;gods&quot; compared even to the highest human types known to us.

The Great Mental Plane comprises those forms of &quot;living things&quot; known to
us in ordinary life, as well as certain other forms not so well known
except to the occultist. The classification of the Seven Minor Mental
Planes is more or less satisfactory and arbitrary (unless accompanied by
elaborate explanations which are foreign to the purpose of this
particular work), but we may as well mention them. They are as follows:

1. The Plane of Mineral Mind
    2. The Plane of Elemental Mind (A)
    3. The Plane of Plant Mind
    4. The Plane of Elemental Mind (B)
    5. The Plane of Animal Mind
    6. The Plane of Elemental Mind (C)
    7. The Plane of Human Mind

The Plane of Mineral Mind comprises the &quot;states or conditions&quot; of the
units or entities, or groups and combinations of the same, which animate
the forms known to us as &quot;minerals, chemicals, etc.&quot; These entities must
not be confounded with the molecules, atoms and corpuscles themselves,
the latter being merely the material bodies or forms of these entities,
just as a man's body is but his material form and not &quot;himself.&quot; These
entities may be called &quot;souls&quot; in one sense, and are living beings of a
low degree of development, life, and mind--just a little more than the
units of &quot;living energy&quot; which comprise the higher sub-divisions of the
highest Physical Plane. The average mind does not generally attribute
the possession of mind, soul, or life, to the mineral kingdom, but all
occultists recognize the existence of the same, and modern science is
rapidly moving forward to the point-of-view of the Hermetic, in this
respect. The molecules, atoms and corpuscles have their &quot;loves and
hates&quot;; &quot;likes and dislikes&quot;; &quot;attractions and repulsions&quot;. &quot;affinities
and non-affinities,&quot; etc., and some of the more daring of modern
scientific minds have expressed the opinion that the desire and will,
emotions and feelings, of the atoms differ only in degree from those of
men. We have no time or space to argue this matter here. All occultists
know it to be a fact, and others are referred to some of the more recent
scientific works for outside corroboration. There are the usual seven
sub-divisions to this plane.

The Plane of Elemental Mind (A) comprises the state or condition, and
degree of mental and vital development of a class of entities unknown to
the average man, but recognized to occultists. They are invisible to the
ordinary senses of man, but, nevertheless, exist and play their part of
the Drama of the Universe. Their degree of intelligence is between that
of the mineral and chemical entities on the one hand, and of the
entities of the plant kingdom on the other. There are seven subdivisions
to this plane, also.

The Plane of Plant Mind, in its seven sub-divisions, comprises the
states or conditions of the entities comprising the kingdoms of the
Plant World, the vital and mental phenomena of which is fairly well
understood by the average intelligent person, many new and interesting
scientific works regarding &quot;Mind and Life in Plants&quot; having been
published during the last decade. Plants have life, mind and &quot;souls,&quot; as
well as have the animals, man, and super-man.

The Plane of Elemental Mind (B), in its seven sub-divisions, comprises
the states and conditions of a higher form of &quot;elemental&quot; or unseen
entities, playing their part in the general work of the Universe, the
mind and life of which form a part of the scale between the Plane of
Plant Mind and the Plane of Animal Mind, the entities partaking of the
nature of both.

The Plane of Animal Mind, in its seven sub-divisions, comprises the
states and conditions of the entities, beings, or souls, animating the
animal forms of life, familiar to us all. It is not necessary to go into
details regarding this kingdom or plane of life, for the animal world is
as familiar to us as is our own.

The Plane of Elemental Mind (C), in its seven sub-divisions, comprises
those entities or beings, invisible as are all such elemental forms,
which partake of the nature of both animal and human life in a degree
and in certain combinations. The highest forms are semi-human in
intelligence.

The Plane of Human Mind, in its seven sub-divisions, comprises those
manifestations of life and mentality which are common to Man, in his
various grades, degrees, and divisions. In this connection, we wish to
point out the fact that the average man of today occupies but the fourth
sub-division of the Plane of Human Mind, and only the most intelligent
have crossed the borders of the Fifth Sub-Division. It has taken the
race millions of years to reach this stage, and it will take many more
years for the race to move on to the sixth and seventh sub-divisions,
and beyond. But, remember, that there have been races before us which
have passed through these degrees, and then on to higher planes. Our own
race is the fifth (with stragglers from the fourth) which has set foot
upon The Path. And, then there are a few advanced souls of our own race
who have outstripped the masses, and who have passed on to the sixth and
seventh sub-division, and some few being still further on. The man of
the Sixth Sub-Division will be &quot;The Super-Man&quot;; he of the Seventh will
be &quot;The Over-Man.&quot;

In our consideration of the Seven Minor Mental Planes, we have merely
referred to the Three Elementary Planes in a general way. We do not wish
to go into this subject in detail in this work, for it does not belong
to this part of the general philosophy and teachings. But we may say
this much, in order to give you a little clearer idea, of the relations
of these planes to the more familiar ones--the Elementary Planes bear
the same relation to the Planes of Mineral, Plant, Animal and Human
Mentality and Life, that the black keys on the piano do to the white
keys. The white keys are sufficient to produce music, but there are
certain scales, melodies, and harmonies, in which the black keys play
their part, and in which their presence is necessary. They are also
necessary as &quot;connecting links&quot; of soul-condition; entity states, etc.,
between the several other planes, certain forms of development being
attained therein--this last fact giving to the reader who can &quot;read
between the lines&quot; a new light upon the processes of Evolution, and a
new key to the secret door of the &quot;leaps of life&quot; between kingdom and
kingdom.  The great kingdoms of Elementals are fully recognized by all
occultists, and the esoteric writings are full of mention of them.  The
readers of Bulwer's &quot;Sanoni&quot; and similar tales will recognize the
entities inhabiting these planes of life.

Passing on from the Great Mental Plane to the Great Spiritual Plane,
what shall we say? How can we explain these higher states of Being, Life
and Mind, to minds as yet unable to grasp and understand the higher
subdivisions of the Plane of Human Mind? The task is impossible. We can
speak only in the most general terms. How may Light be described to a
man born blind--how sugar, to a man who has never tasted anything
sweet--how harmony, to one born deaf?

All that we can say is that the Seven Minor Planes of the Great
Spiritual Plane (each Minor Plane having its seven sub-divisions)
comprise Beings possessing Life, Mind and Form as far above that of Man
of to-day as the latter is above the earth-worm, mineral or even certain
forms of Energy or Matter. The Life of these Beings so far transcends
ours, that we cannot even think of the details of the same; their minds
so far transcend ours, that to them we scarcely seem to &quot;think,&quot; and our
mental processes seem almost akin to material processes; the Matter of
which their forms are composed is of the highest Planes of Matter, nay,
some are even said to be &quot;clothed in Pure Energy.&quot; What may be said of
such Beings?

On the Seven Minor Planes of the Great Spiritual Plane exist Beings of
whom we may speak as Angels; Archangels; Demi-Gods. On the lower Minor
Planes dwell those great souls whom we call Masters and Adepts. Above
them come the Great Hierarchies of the Angelic Hosts, unthinkable to
man; and above those come those who may without irreverence be called
&quot;The Gods,&quot; so high in the scale of Being are they, their being,
intelligence and power being akin to those attributed by the races of
men to their conceptions of Deity. These Beings are beyond even the
highest flights of the human imagination, the word &quot;Divine&quot; being the
only one applicable to them. Many of these Beings, as well as the
Angelic Host, take the greatest interest in the affairs of the Universe
and play an important part in its affairs. These Unseen Divinities and
Angelic Helpers extend their influence freely and powerfully, in the
process of Evolution, and Cosmic Progress. Their occasional intervention
and assistance in human affairs have led to the many legends, beliefs,
religions and traditions of the race, past and present. They have
superimposed their knowledge and power upon the world, again and again,
all under the Law of THE ALL, of course.

But, yet, even the highest of these advanced Beings exist merely as
creations of, and in, the Mind of THE ALL, and are subject to the Cosmic
Processes and Universal Laws. They are still Mortal. We may call them
&quot;gods&quot; if we like, but still they are but the Elder Brethren of the
Race,--the advanced souls who have outstripped their brethren, and who
have foregone the ecstasy of Absorption by THE ALL, in order to help the
race on its upward journey along The Path. But, they belong to the
Universe, and are subject to its conditions--they are mortal--and their
plane is below that of Absolute Spirit.

Only the most advanced Hermetists are able to grasp the Inner Teachings
regarding the state of existence, and the powers manifested on the
Spiritual Planes. The phenomena is so much higher than that of the
Mental Planes that a confusion of ideas would surely result from an
attempt to describe the same. Only those whose minds have been carefully
trained along the lines of the Hermetic Philosophy for years--yes, those
who have brought with them from other incarnations the knowledge
acquired previously--can comprehend just what is meant by the Teaching
regarding these Spiritual Planes. And much of these Inner Teachings is
held by the Hermetists as being too sacred, important and even dangerous
for general public dissemination. The intelligent student may recognize
what we mean by this when we state that the meaning of &quot;Spirit&quot; as used
by the Hermetists is akin to &quot;Living Power&quot;; &quot;Animated Force;&quot; &quot;Inner
Essence;&quot; &quot;Essence of Life,&quot; etc., which meaning must not be confounded
with that usually and commonly employed in connection with the term,
i.e., &quot;religious; ecclesiastical; spiritual; ethereal; holy,&quot; etc., etc.
To occultists the word &quot;Spirit&quot; is used in the sense of &quot;The Animating
Principle,&quot; carrying with it the idea of Power, Living Energy, Mystic
Force, etc. And occultists know that that which is known to them as
&quot;Spiritual Power&quot; may be employed for evil as well as good ends (in
accordance with the Principle of Polarity), a fact which has been
recognized by the majority of religions in their conceptions of Satan,
Beelzebub, the Devil, Lucifer, Fallen Angels, etc. And so the knowledge
regarding these Planes has been kept in the Holy of Holies in all
Esoteric Fraternities and Occult Orders,--in the Secret Chamber of the
Temple. But this may be said here, that those who have attained high
spiritual powers and have misused them, have a terrible fate in store
for them, and the swing of the pendulum of Rhythm will inevitably swing
them back to the furthest extreme of Material existence, from which
point they must retrace their steps Spiritward, along the weary rounds
of The Path, but always with the added torture of having always with
them a lingering memory of the heights from which they fell owing to
their evil actions. The legends of the Fallen Angels have a basis in
actual facts, as all advanced occultists know. The striving for selfish
power on the Spiritual Planes inevitably results in the selfish soul
losing its spiritual balance and falling back as far as it had
previously risen. But to even such a soul, the opportunity of a return
is given--and such souls make the return journey, paying the terrible
penalty according to the invariable Law.

In conclusion we would again remind you that according to the Principle
of Correspondence, which embodies the truth: &quot;As Above so Below; as
Below, so Above,&quot; all of the Seven Hermetic Principles are in full
operation on all of the many planes, Physical Mental and Spiritual. The
Principle of Mental Substance of course applies to all the planes, for
all are held in the Mind of THE ALL. The Principle of Correspondence
manifests in all, for there is a correspondence, harmony and agreement
between the several planes. The Principle of Vibration manifests on all
planes, in fact the very differences that go to make the &quot;planes&quot; arise
from Vibration, as we have explained. The Principle of Polarity
manifests on each plane, the extremes of the Poles being apparently
opposite and contradictory. The Principle of Rhythm manifests on each
Plane, the movement of the phenomena having its ebb and flow, rise and
flow, incoming and outgoing. The Principle of Cause and Effect manifests
on each Plane, every Effect having its Cause and every Cause having its
effect. The Principle of Gender manifests on each Plane, the Creative
Energy being always manifest, and operating along the lines of its
Masculine and Feminine Aspects.

&quot;As Above so Below; as Below, so Above.&quot; This centuries old Hermetic
axiom embodies one of the great Principles of Universal Phenomena. As we
proceed with our consideration of the remaining Principles, we will see
even more clearly the truth of the universal nature of this great
Principle of Correspondence.

CHAPTER IX

VIBRATION

&quot;Nothing rests; everything moves; everything
    vibrates.&quot;--The Kybalion.

The great Third Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Vibration--embodies
the truth that Motion is manifest in everything in the Universe--that
nothing is at rest--that everything moves, vibrates, and circles. This
Hermetic Principle was recognized by some of the early Greek philosophers
who embodied it in their systems. But, then, for centuries it was lost
sight of by the thinkers outside of the Hermetic ranks. But in the
Nineteenth Century physical science re-discovered the truth and the
Twentieth Century scientific discoveries have added additional proof of
the correctness and truth of this centuries-old Hermetic doctrine.

The Hermetic Teachings are that not only is everything in constant
movement and vibration, but that the &quot;differences&quot; between the various
manifestations of the universal power are due entirely to the varying
rate and mode of vibrations. Not only this, but that even THE ALL, in
itself, manifests a constant vibration of such an infinite degree of
intensity and rapid motion that it may be practically considered as at
rest, the teachers directing the attention of the students to the fact
that even on the physical plane a rapidly moving object (such as a
revolving wheel) seems to be at rest. The Teachings are to the effect
that Spirit is at one end of the Pole of Vibration, the other Pole being
certain extremely gross forms of Matter. Between these two poles are
millions upon millions of different rates and modes of vibration.

Modern Science has proven that all that we call Matter and Energy are
but &quot;modes of vibratory motion,&quot; and some of the more advanced
scientists are rapidly moving toward the positions of the occultists who
hold that the phenomena of Mind are likewise modes of vibration or
motion. Let us see what science has to say regarding the question of
vibrations in matter and energy.

In the first place, science teaches that all matter manifests, in some
degree, the vibrations arising from temperature or heat. Be an object
cold or hot--both being but degrees of the same things--it manifests
certain heat vibrations, and in that sense is in motion and vibration.
Then all particles of Matter are in circular movement, from corpuscle to
suns. The planets revolve around suns, and many of them turn on their
axes. The suns move around greater central points, and these are
believed to move around still greater, and so on, ad infinitum. The
molecules of which the particular kinds of Matter are composed are in a
state of constant vibration and movement around each other and against
each other. The molecules are composed of Atoms, which, likewise, are in
a state of constant movement and vibration. The atoms are composed of
Corpuscles, sometimes called &quot;electrons,&quot; &quot;ions,&quot; etc., which also are
in a state of rapid motion, revolving around each other, and which
manifest a very rapid state and mode of vibration. And, so we see that
all forms of Matter manifest Vibration, in accordance with the Hermetic
Principle of Vibration.

And so it is with the various forms of Energy. Science teaches that
Light, Heat, Magnetism and Electricity are but forms of vibratory motion
connected in some way with, and probably emanating from the Ether.
Science does not as yet attempt to explain the nature of the phenomena
known as Cohesion, which is the principle of Molecular Attraction; nor
Chemical Affinity, which is the principle of Atomic Attraction; nor
Gravitation (the greatest mystery of the three), which is the principle
of attraction by which every particle or mass of Matter is bound to
every other particle or mass. These three forms of Energy are not as yet
understood by science, yet the writers incline to the opinion that these
too are manifestations of some form of vibratory energy, a fact which
the Hermetists have held and taught for ages past.

The Universal Ether, which is postulated by science without its nature
being understood clearly, is held by the Hermetists to be but a higher
manifestation of that which is erroneously called matter--that is to
say, Matter at a higher degree of vibration--and is called by them &quot;The
Ethereal Substance.&quot; The Hermetists teach that this Ethereal Substance
is of extreme tenuity and elasticity, and pervades universal space,
serving as a medium of transmission of waves of vibratory energy, such
as heat, light, electricity, magnetism, etc. The Teachings are that The
Ethereal Substance is a connecting link between the forms of vibratory
energy known as &quot;Matter&quot; on the one hand, and &quot;Energy or Force&quot; on the
other; and also that it manifests a degree of vibration, in rate and
mode, entirely its own.

Scientists have offered the illustration of a rapidly moving wheel, top,
or cylinder, to show the effects of increasing rates of vibration. The
illustration supposes a wheel, top, or revolving cylinder, running at a
low rate of speed--we will call this revolving thing &quot;the object&quot; in
following out the illustration. Let us suppose the object moving slowly.
It may be seen readily, but no sound of its movement reaches the ear.
The speed is gradually increased. In a few moments its movement becomes
so rapid that a deep growl or low note may be heard. Then as the rate is
increased the note rises one in the musical scale. Then, the motion
being still further increased, the next highest note is distinguished.
Then, one after another, all the notes of the musical scale appear,
rising higher and higher as the motion is increased. Finally when the
motions have reached a certain rate the final note perceptible to human
ears is reached and the shrill, piercing shriek dies away, and silence
follows. No sound is heard from the revolving object, the rate of motion
being so high that the human ear cannot register the vibrations. Then
comes the perception of rising degrees of Heat. Then after quite a time
the eye catches a glimpse of the object becoming a dull dark reddish
color. As the rate increases, the red becomes brighter. Then as the
speed is increased, the red melts into an orange. Then the orange melts
into a yellow. Then follow, successively, the shades of green, blue,
indigo, and finally violet, as the rate of sped increases. Then the
violet shades away, and all color disappears, the human eye not
being able to register them. But there are invisible rays emanating from
the revolving object, the rays that are used in photographing, and other
subtle rays of light. Then begin to manifest the peculiar rays known as
the &quot;X Rays,&quot; etc., as the constitution of the object changes.
Electricity and Magnetism are emitted when the appropriate rate of
vibration is attained.

When the object reaches a certain rate of vibration its molecules
disintegrate, and resolve themselves into the original elements or
atoms. Then the atoms, following the Principle of Vibration, are
separated into the countless corpuscles of which they are composed. And
finally, even the corpuscles disappear and the object may be said to Be
composed of The Ethereal Substance. Science does not dare to follow the
illustration further, but the Hermetists teach that if the vibrations be
continually increased the object would mount up the successive states of
manifestation and would in turn manifest the various mental stages, and
then on Spiritward, until it would finally re-enter THE ALL, which is
Absolute Spirit. The &quot;object,&quot; however, would have ceased to be an
&quot;object&quot; long before the stage of Ethereal Substance was reached, but
otherwise the illustration is correct inasmuch as it shows the effect of
constantly increased rates and modes of vibration. It must be
remembered, in the above illustration, that at the stages at which the
&quot;object&quot; throws off vibrations of light, heat, etc., it is not actually
&quot;resolved&quot; into those forms of energy (which are much higher in the
scale), but simply that it reaches a degree of vibration in which those
forms of energy are liberated, in a degree, from the confining
influences of its molecules, atoms and corpuscles, as the case may be.
These forms of energy, although much higher in the scale than matter,
are imprisoned and confined in the material combinations, by reason of
the energies manifesting through, and using material forms, but thus
becoming entangled and confined in their creations of material forms,
which, to an extent, is true of all creations, the creating force
becoming involved in its creation.

But the Hermetic Teachings go much further than do those of modern
science. They teach that all manifestation of thought, emotion, reason,
will or desire, or any mental state or condition, are accompanied by
vibrations, a portion of which are thrown off and which tend to affect
the minds of other persons by &quot;induction.&quot; This is the principle which
produces the phenomena of &quot;telepathy&quot;; mental influence, and other forms
of the action and power of mind over mind, with which the general public
is rapidly becoming acquainted, owing to the wide dissemination of
occult knowledge by the various schools, cults and teachers along these
lines at this time.

Every thought, emotion or mental state has its corresponding rate and
mode of vibration. And by an effort of the will of the person, or of
other persons, these mental states may be reproduced, just as a musical
tone may be reproduced by causing an instrument to vibrate at a certain
rate--just as color may be reproduced in the same may. By a knowledge of
the Principle of Vibration, as applied to Mental Phenomena, one may
polarize his mind at any degree he wishes, thus gaining a perfect
control over his mental states, moods, etc. In the same way he may
affect the minds of others, producing the desired mental states in them.
In short, he may be able to produce on the Mental Plane that which
science produces on the Physical Plane--namely, &quot;Vibrations at Will.&quot;
This power of course may be acquired only by the proper instruction,
exercises, practice, etc., the science being that of Mental
Transmutation, one of the branches of the Hermetic Art.

A little reflection on what we have said will show the student that the
Principle of Vibration underlies the wonderful phenomena of the power
manifested by the Masters and Adepts, who are able to apparently set
aside the Laws of Nature, but who, in reality, are simply using one law
against another; one principle against others; and who accomplish their
results by changing the vibrations of material objects, or forms of
energy, and thus perform what are commonly called &quot;miracles.&quot;

As one of the old Hermetic writers has truly said: &quot;He who understands
the Principle of Vibration, has grasped the scepter of Power.&quot;

CHAPTER X

POLARITY

&quot;Everything is dual; everything has poles; everything
    has its pair of opposites; like and unlike are the same;
    opposites are identical in nature, but different in degree;
    extremes meet; all truths are but half-truths; all paradoxes
    may be reconciled.&quot;--The Kybalion.

The great Fourth Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Polarity embodies
the truth that all manifested things have &quot;two sides&quot;; &quot;two aspects&quot;;
&quot;two poles&quot;; a &quot;pair of opposites,&quot; with manifold degrees between the
two extremes. The old paradoxes, which have ever perplexed the mind of
men, are explained by an understanding of this Principle. Man has always
recognized something akin to this Principle, and has endeavored to
express it by such sayings, maxims and aphorisms as the following:
&quot;Everything is and isn't, at the same time&quot;; &quot;all truths are but
half-truths&quot;; &quot;every truth is half-false&quot;; &quot;there are two sides to
everything&quot;--&quot;there is a reverse side to every shield,&quot; etc., etc.

The Hermetic Teachings are to the effect that the difference between
things seemingly diametrically opposed to each other is merely a matter
of degree. It teaches that &quot;the pairs of opposites may be reconciled,&quot;
and that &quot;thesis and anti-thesis are identical in nature, but different
in degree&quot;; and that the &quot;universal reconciliation of opposites&quot; is
effected by a recognition of this Principle of Polarity. The teachers
claim that illustrations of this Principle may be had on every hand, and
from an examination into the real nature of anything. They begin by
showing that Spirit and Matter are but the two poles of the same thing,
the intermediate planes being merely degrees of vibration. They show
that THE ALL and The Many are the same, the difference being merely a
matter of degree of Mental Manifestation. Thus the LAW and Laws are the
two opposite poles of one thing. Likewise, PRINCIPLE and Principles.
Infinite Mind and finite minds.

Then passing on to the Physical Plane, they illustrate the Principle by
showing that Heat and Cold are identical in nature, the differences
being merely a matter of degrees. The thermometer shows many degrees of
temperature, the lowest pole being called &quot;cold,&quot; and the highest
&quot;heat.&quot; Between these two poles are many degrees of &quot;heat&quot; or &quot;cold,&quot;
call them either and you are equally correct. The higher of two degrees
is always &quot;warmer,&quot; while the lower is always &quot;colder.&quot; There is no
absolute standard-all is a matter of degree. There is no place on the
thermometer where heat ceases and cold begins. It is all a matter of
higher or lower vibrations. The very terms &quot;high&quot; and &quot;low,&quot; which we
are compelled to use, are but poles of the same thing-the terms are
relative. So with &quot;East and West&quot;--travel around the world in an
eastward direction, and you reach a point which is called west at your
starting point, and you return from that westward point. Travel far
enough North, and you will find yourself traveling South, or vice versa.

Light and Darkness are poles of the same thing, with many degrees
between them. The musical scale is the same--starting with &quot;C&quot; you move
upward until you reach another &quot;C&quot; and so on, the differences between
the two ends of the board being the same, with many degrees between the
two extremes. The scale of color is the same-higher and lower vibrations
being the only difference between high violet and low red. Large and
Small are relative. So are Noise and Quiet; Hard and Soft follow the
rule. Likewise Sharp and Dull. Positive and Negative are two poles of
the same thing, with countless degrees between them.

Good and Bad are not absolute--we call one end of the scale Good and the
other Bad, or one end Good and the other Evil, according to the use of
the terms. A thing is &quot;less good&quot; than the thing higher in the scale;
but that &quot;less good&quot; thing, in turn, is &quot;more good&quot; than the thing next
below it--and so on, the &quot;more or less&quot; being regulated by the position
on the scale.

And so it is on the Mental Plane. &quot;Love and. Hate&quot; are generally
regarded as being things diametrically opposed to each other; entirely
different; unreconcilable. But we apply the Principle of Polarity; we
find that there is no such thing as Absolute Love or Absolute Hate, as
distinguished from each other. The two are merely terms applied to the
two poles of the same thing. Beginning at any point of the scale we find
&quot;more love,&quot; or &quot;less hate,&quot; as we ascend the scale; and &quot;more hate&quot; or
&quot;less love&quot; as we descend this being true no matter from what point,
high or low, we may start. There are degrees of Love and Hate, and there
is a middle point where &quot;Like and Dislike&quot; become so faint that it is
difficult to distinguish between them. Courage and Fear come under the
same rule. The Pairs of Opposites exist everywhere. Where you find one
thing you find its opposite-the two poles.

And it is this fact that enables the Hermetist to transmute one mental
state into another, along the lines of Polarization. Things belonging to
different classes cannot be transmuted into each other, but things of
the same class may be changed, that is, may have their polarity changed.
Thus Love never becomes East or West, or Red or Violet-but it may and
often does turn into Hate and likewise Hate may be transformed into
Love, by changing its polarity. Courage may be transmuted into Fear, and
the reverse. Hard things may be rendered Soft. Dull things become Sharp.
Hot things become Cold. And so on, the transmutation always being
between things of the same kind of different degrees. Take the case of a
Fearful man. By raising his mental vibrations along the line of Fear-
Courage, he can be filled with the highest degree of Courage and
Fearlessness. And, likewise, the Slothful man may change himself into an
Active, Energetic individual simply by polarizing along the lines of the
desired quality.

The student who is familiar with the processes by which the various
schools of Mental Science, etc., produce changes in the mental states of
those following their teachings, may not readily understand the
principle underlying many of these changes. When, however, the Principle
of Polarity is once grasped, and it is seen that the mental changes are
occasioned by a change of polarity-a sliding along the same scale-the
hatter is readily understood. The change is not in the nature of a
transmutation of one thing into another thing entirely different-but is
merely a change of degree in the same things, a vastly important
difference. For instance, borrowing an analogy from the Physical Plane,
it is impossible to change Heat into Sharpness, Loudness, Highness,
etc., but Heat may readily be transmuted into Cold, simply by lowering
the vibrations. In the same way Hate and Love are mutually transmutable;
so are Fear and Courage. But Fear cannot be transformed into Love, nor
can Courage be transmuted into Hate. The mental states belong to
innumerable classes, each class of which has its opposite poles, along
which transmutation is possible.

The student will readily recognize that in the mental states, as well as
in the phenomena of the Physical Plane, the two poles may be classified
as Positive and Negative, respectively. Thus Love is Positive to Hate;
Courage to Fear; Activity to Non-Activity, etc., etc. And it will also
be noticed that even to those unfamiliar with the Principle of
Vibration, the Positive pole seems to be of a higher degree than the
Negative, and readily dominates it. The tendency of Nature is in the
direction of the dominant activity of the Positive pole.

In addition to the changing of the poles of one's own mental states by
the operation of the art of Polarization, the phenomena of Mental
Influence, in its manifold phases, shows us that the principle may be
extended so as to embrace the phenomena of the influence of one mind
over that of another, of which so much has been written and taught of
late years. When it is understood that Mental Induction is possible,
that is that mental states may be produced by &quot;induction&quot; from others,
then we can readily see how a certain rate of vibration, or polarization
of a certain mental state, may be communicated to another person, and
his polarity in that class of mental states thus changed. It is along
this principle that the results of many of the &quot;mental treatments&quot; are
obtained. For instance, a person is &quot;blue,&quot; melancholy and full of fear.
A mental scientist bringing his own mind up to the desired vibration by
his trained will, and thus obtaining the desired polarization in his own
case, then produces a similar mental state in the other by induction,
the result being that the vibrations are raised and the person polarizes
toward the Positive end of the scale instead toward the Negative, and
his Fear and other negative emotions are transmuted to Courage and
similar positive mental states. A little study will show you that these
mental changes are nearly all along the line of Polarization, the change
being one of degree rather than of kind.

A knowledge of the existence of this great Hermetic Principle will
enable the student to better understand his own mental states, and those
of other people. He will see that these states are all matters of
degree, and seeing thus, he will be able to raise or lower the vibration
at will--to change his mental poles, and thus be Master of his mental
states, instead of being their servant and slave. And by his knowledge
he will be able to aid his fellows intelligently and by the appropriate
methods change the polarity when the same is desirable. We advise all
students to familiarize themselves with this Principle of Polarity, for
a correct understanding of the same will throw light on many difficult
subjects.

CHAPTER XI

RHYTHM

&quot;Everything flows out and in; everything has its tides;
    all things rise and fall; the pendulum-swing manifests
    in everything; the measure of the swing to the right,
    is the measure of the swing to the left; rhythm
    compensates&quot;--The Kybalion.

The great Fifth Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Rhythm-embodies the
truth that in everything there is manifested a measured motion; a
to-and-from movement; a flow and inflow; a swing forward and backward; a
pendulum-like movement; a tide-like ebb and flow; a high-tide and a low-
tide; between the two-poles manifest on the physical, mental or
spiritual planes. The Principle of rhythm is closely connected with the
Principle of Polarity described in the preceding chapter. Rhythm
manifests between the two poles established by the Principle of
Polarity. This does not mean, however, that the pendulum of Rhythm
swings to the extreme poles, for this rarely happens; in fact, it is
difficult to establish the extreme polar opposites in the majority of
cases. But the swing is ever &quot;toward&quot; first one pole and then the other.

There is always an action and reaction; an advance and a retreat; a
rising and a sinking; manifested in all of the airs and phenomena of the
Universe. Suns, worlds, men, animals, plants, minerals, forces, energy,
mind and matter, yes, even Spirit, manifests this Principle. The
Principle manifests in the creation and destruction of worlds; in the
rise and fall of nations; in the life history of all things; and finally
in the mental states of Man.

Beginning with the manifestations of Spirit--of THE ALL--it will be
noticed that there is ever the Outpouring and the Indrawing; the
&quot;Outbreathing and Inbreathing of Brahm,&quot; as the Brahmans word it.
Universes are created; reach their extreme low point of materiality; and
then begin in their upward swing. Suns spring into being, and then their
height of power being reached, the process of retrogression begins, and
after aeons they become dead masses of matter, awaiting another impulse
which starts again their inner energies into activity and a new solar
life cycle is begun. And thus it is with all the worlds; they are born,
grow and die; only to be reborn. And thus it is with all the things of
shape and form; they swing from action to reaction; from birth to death;
from activity to inactivity--and then back again. Thus it is with all
living things; they are born, grow, and die--and then are reborn. So it
is with all great movements, philosophies, creeds, fashions,
governments, nations, and all else-birth, growth, maturity, decadence,
death-and then new-birth. The swing of the pendulum is ever in evidence.

Night follows day; and day night. The pendulum swings from Summer to
Winter, and then back again. The corpuscles, atoms, molecules, and all
masses of matter, swing around the circle of their nature. There is no
such thing as absolute rest, or cessation from movement, and all
movement partakes of rhythm. The principle is of universal application.
It may be applied to any question, or phenomena of any of the many
planes of life. It may be applied to all phases of human activity.
There is always the Rhythmic swing from one pole to the other. The
Universal Pendulum is ever in motion. The Tides of Life flow in and out,
according to Law.

The Principle of rhythm is well understood by modern science, and is
considered a universal law as applied to material things. But the
Hermetists carry the principle much further, and know that its
manifestations and influence extend to the mental activities of Man, and
that it accounts for the bewildering succession of moods, feelings and
other annoying and perplexing changes that we notice in ourselves. But
the Hermetists by studying the operations of this Principle have learned
to escape some of its activities by Transmutation.

The Hermetic Masters long since discovered that while the Principle of
Rhythm was invariable, and ever in evidence in mental phenomena, still
there were two planes of its manifestation so far as mental phenomena
are concerned. They discovered that there were two general planes of
Consciousness, the Lower and the Higher, the understanding of which fact
enabled them to rise to the higher plane and thus escape the swing of
the Rhythmic pendulum which manifested on the lower plane. In other
words, the swing of the pendulum occurred on the Unconscious Plane, and
the Consciousness was not affected. This they call the Law of
Neutralization. Its operations consist in the raising of the Ego above
the vibrations of the Unconscious Plane of mental activity, so that the
negative-swing of the pendulum is not manifested in consciousness, and
therefore they are not affected. It is akin to rising above a thing and
letting it pass beneath you. The Hermetic Master, or advanced student,
polarizes himself at the desired pole, and by a process akin to
&quot;refusing&quot; to participate in the backward swing or, if you prefer, a
&quot;denial&quot; of its influence over him, he stands firm in his polarized
position, and allows the mental pendulum to swing back along the
unconscious plane. All individuals who have attained any degree of self-
mastery, accomplish this, more or less unknowingly, and by refusing to
allow their moods and negative mental states to affect them, they apply
the Law of Neutralization. The Master, however, carries this to a much
higher degree of proficiency, and by the use of his Will he attains
a degree of Poise and Mental Firmness almost impossible of belief on the
part of those who allow themselves to be swung backward and forward by
the mental pendulum of moods and feelings.

The importance of this will be appreciated by any thinking person who
realizes what creatures of moods, feelings and emotion the majority of
people are, and how little mastery of themselves they manifest. If you
will stop and consider a moment, you will realize how much these swings
of Rhythm have affected you in your life--how a period of Enthusiasm has
been invariably followed by an opposite feeling and mood of Depression.
Likewise, your moods and periods of Courage have been succeeded by equal
moods of Fear. And so it has ever been with the majority of
persons--tides of feeling have ever risen and fallen with them, but they
have never suspected the cause or reason of the mental phenomena. An
understanding of the workings of this Principle will give one the key to
the Mastery of these rhythmic swings of feeling, and will enable him to
know himself better and to avoid being carried away by these inflows and
outflows. The Will is superior to the conscious manifestation of this
Principle, although the Principle itself can never be destroyed. We may
escape its effects, but the Principle operates, nevertheless. The
pendulum ever swings, although we may escape being carried along with
it.

There are other features of the operation of this Principle of Rhythm of
which we wish to speak at this point. There comes into its operations
that which is known as the Law of Compensation. One of the definitions
or meanings of the word &quot;Compensate&quot; is, &quot;to counterbalance&quot; which is
the sense in which the Hermetists use the term. It is this Law of
Compensation to which the Kybalion refers when it says: &quot;The measure of
the swing to the right is the measure of the swing to the left; rhythm
compensates.&quot;

The Law of Compensation is that the swing in one direction determines
the swing in the opposite direction, or to the opposite pole-the one
balances, or counterbalances, the other. On the Physical Plane we see
many examples of this Law. The pendulum of the clock swings a certain
distance to the right, and then an equal distance to the left. The
seasons balance each other in the same way. The tides follow the same
Law. And the same Law is manifested in all the phenomena of Rhythm. The
pendulum, with a short swing in one direction, has but a short swing in
the other; while the long swing to the right invariably means the long
swing to the left.  An object hurled upward to a certain height has an
equal distance to traverse on its return. The force with which a
projectile is sent upward a mile is reproduced when the projectile
returns to the earth on its return journey. This Law is constant on the
Physical Plane, as reference to the standard authorities will show you.

But the Hermetists carry it still further. They teach that a man's
mental states are subject to the same Law. The man who enjoys keenly, is
subject to keen suffering; while he who feels but little pain is capable
of feeling but little joy. The pig suffers but little mentally, and
enjoys but little--he is compensated. And on the other hand, there are
other animals who enjoy keenly, but whose nervous organism and
temperament cause them to suffer exquisite degrees of pain and so it is
with Man. There are temperaments which permit of but low degrees of
enjoyment, and equally low degrees of suffering; while there are others
which permit the most intense enjoyment, but also the most intense
suffering. The rule is that the capacity for pain and pleasure, in each
individual, are balanced. The Law of Compensation is in full operation
here.

But the Hermetists go still further in this matter. They teach that
before one is able to enjoy a certain degree of pleasure, he must have
swung as far, proportionately, toward the other pole of feeling. They
hold, however, that the Negative is precedent to the Positive in this
matter, that is to say that in experiencing a certain degree of pleasure
it does not follow that he will have to &quot;pay up for it&quot; with a
corresponding degree of pain; on the contrary, the pleasure is the
Rhythmic swing, according to the Law of Compensation, for a degree of
pain previously experienced either in the present life, or in a previous
incarnation. This throws a new light on the Problem of Pain.

The Hermetists regard the chain of lives as continuous, and as forming a
part of one life of the individual, so that in consequence the rhythmic
swing is understood in this way, while it would be without meaning
unless the truth of reincarnation is admitted.

But the Hermetists claim that the Master or advanced student is able, to
a great degree, to escape the swing toward Pain, by the process of
Neutralization before mentioned. By rising on to the higher plane of the
Ego, much of the experience that comes to those dwelling on the lower
plane is avoided and escaped.

The Law of Compensation plays an important part in the lives of men and
women. It will be noticed that one generally &quot;pays the price&quot; of
anything he possesses or lacks. If he has one thing, he lacks
another--the balance is struck. No one can &quot;keep his penny and have the
bit of cake&quot; at the same time Everything has its pleasant and unpleasant
sides. The things that one gains are always paid for by the things that
one loses. The rich possess much that the poor lack, while the poor
often possess things that are beyond the reach of the rich. The
millionaire may have the inclination toward feasting, and the wealth
wherewith to secure all the dainties and luxuries of the table, while he
lacks the appetite to enjoy the same; he envies the appetite and
digestion of the laborer who lacks the wealth and inclinations of the
millionaire, and who gets more pleasure from his plain food than the
millionaire could obtain even if his appetite were not jaded, nor his
digestion ruined, for the wants, habits and inclinations differ. And so
it is through life. The Law of Compensation is ever in operation,
striving to balance and counter-balance, and always succeeding in time,
even though several lives may be required for the return swing of the
Pendulum of Rhythm.

CHAPTER XII

CAUSATION

&quot;Every Cause has its Effect; every Effect has its Cause;
    everything happens according to Law; Chance is but a
    name for Law not recognized; there are many planes of
    causation, but nothing escapes the Law.&quot;--The Kybalion.

The great Sixth Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Cause and
Effect--embodies the truth that Law pervades the Universe; that nothing
happens by Chance; that Chance is merely a term indicating cause
existing but not recognized or perceived; that phenomena is continuous,
without break or exception.

The Principle of Cause and Effect underlies all scientific thought,
ancient and modern, and was enunciated by the Hermetic Teachers in the
earliest days. While many and varied disputes between the many schools
of thought have since arisen, these disputes have been principally upon
the details of the operations of the Principle, and still more often
upon the meaning of certain words. The underlying Principle of Cause and
Effect has been accepted as correct by practically all the thinkers of
the world worthy of the name. To think otherwise would be to take the
phenomena of the universe from the domain of Law and Order, and to
relegate it; to the control of the imaginary something which men have
called &quot;Chance.&quot;

A little consideration will show anyone that there is in reality no such
thing as pure chance. Webster defines the word &quot;Chance&quot; as follows: &quot;A
supposed agent or mode of activity other than a force, law or purpose;
the operation or activity of such agent; the supposed effect of such an
agent; a happening; fortuity; casualty, etc.&quot; But a little consideration
will show you that there can be no such agent as &quot;Chance,&quot; in the sense
of something outside of Law-something outside of Cause and Effect. How
could there be a something acting in the phenomenal universe,
independent of the laws, order, and continuity of the latter? Such a
something would be entirely independent of the orderly trend of the
universe, and therefore superior to it. We can imagine nothing outside
of THE ALL being outside of the Law, and that only because THE ALL is
the LAW in itself. There is no room in the universe for a something
outside of and independent of Law. The existence of such a Something
would render all Natural Laws ineffective, and would plunge the universe
into chaotic disorder and lawlessness.

A careful examination will show that what we call &quot;Chance&quot; is merely an
expression relating to obscure causes; causes that we cannot perceive;
causes that we cannot understand. The word Chance is derived from a word
Meaning &quot;to fall&quot; (as the falling of dice), the idea being that the fall
of the dice (and many other happenings) are merely a &quot;happening&quot;
unrelated to any cause. And this is the sense in which the term is
generally employed. But when the matter is closely examined, it is seen
that there is no chance whatsoever about the fall of the dice. Each time
a die falls, and displays a certain number, it obeys a law as infallible
as that which governs the revolution of the planets around the sun. Back
of the fall of the die are causes, or chains of causes, running back
further than the mind can follow. The position of the die in the box;
the amount of muscular energy expended in the throw; the condition of
the table, etc., etc., all are causes, the effect of which may be seen.
But back of these seen causes there are chains of unseen preceding
causes, all of which had a bearing upon the number of the die which fell
uppermost.

If a die be cast a great number of times, it will be found that the
numbers shown will be about equal, that is, there will be an equal
number of one-spot, two-spot, etc., coming uppermost. Toss a penny in
the air, and it may come down either &quot;heads&quot; or &quot;tails&quot;; but make a
sufficient number of tosses, and the heads and tails will about even up.
This is the operation of the law of average. But both the average and
the single toss come under the Law of Cause and Effect, and if we were
able to examine into the preceding causes, it would be clearly seen that
it was simply impossible for the die to fall other than it did, under
the same circumstances and at the same time. Given the same causes, the
same results will follow. There is always a &quot;cause&quot; and a &quot;because&quot; to
every event. Nothing ever &quot;happens&quot; without a cause, or rather a chain
of causes.

Some confusion has arisen in the minds of persons considering this
Principle, from the fact that they were unable to explain how one thing
could cause another thing--that is, be the &quot;creator&quot; of the second
thing. As a matter of fact, no &quot;thing&quot; ever causes or &quot;creates&quot; another
&quot;thing.&quot; Cause and Effect deals merely with &quot;events.&quot; An &quot;event&quot; is
&quot;that which comes, arrives or happens, as a result or consequent of some
preceding event.&quot; No event &quot;creates&quot; another event, but is merely a
preceding link in the great orderly chain of events flowing from the
creative energy of THE ALL. There is a continuity between all events
precedent, consequent and subsequent. There is a relation existing
between everything that has gone before, and everything that follows. A
stone is dislodged from a mountain side and crashes through a roof of a
cottage in the valley below. At first sight we regard this as a chance
effect, but when we examine the matter we find a great chain of causes
behind it. In the first place there was the rain which softened the
earth supporting the stone and which allowed it to fall; then back of
that was the influence of the sun, other rains, etc., which gradually
disintegrated the piece of rock from a larger piece; then there were the
causes which led to the formation of the mountain, and its upheaval by
convulsions of nature, and so on ad infinitum. Then we might follow up
the causes behind the rain, etc. Then we might consider the existence of
the roof In short, we would soon find ourselves involved in a mesh of
cause and effect, from which we would soon strive to extricate
ourselves.

Just as a man has two parents, and four grandparents, and eight
great-grandparents, and sixteen great-great-grandparents, and so on
until when, say, forty generations are calculated the numbers of
ancestors run into many millions--so it is with the number of causes
behind even the most trifling event or phenomena, such as the passage of
a tiny speck of soot before your eye. It is not an easy matter to trace
the bit of soot hack to the early period of the world's history when it
formed a part of a massive tree-trunk, which was afterward converted
into coal, and so on, until as the speck of soot it now passes before
your vision on its way to other adventures. And a mighty chain of
events, causes and effects, brought it to its present condition, and the
later is but one of the chain of events which will go to produce other
events hundreds of years from now. One of the series of events arising
from the tiny bit of soot was the writing of these lines, which caused
the typesetter to perform certain work; the proofreader to do likewise;
and which will arouse certain thoughts in your mind, and that of others,
which in turn will affect others, and so on, and on, and on, beyond the
ability of man to think further-and all from the passage of a tiny bit
of soot, all of which shows the relativity and association of things,
and the further fact that &quot;there is no great; there is no small, in the
mind that causeth all.&quot;

Stop to think a moment. If a certain man had not met a certain maid,
away back in the dim period of the Stone Age--you who are now reading
these lines would not now be here. And if, perhaps, the same couple had
failed to meet, we who now write these lines would not now be here. And
the very act of writing, on our part, and the act of reading, on yours,
will affect not only the respective lives of yourself and ourselves, but
will also have a direct, or indirect, affect upon many other people now
living and who will live in the ages to come. Every thought we think,
every act we perform, has its direct and indirect results which fit into
the great chain of Cause and Effect.

We do not wish to enter into a consideration of Free Will, or
Determinism, in this work, for various reasons. Among the many reasons,
is the principal one that neither side of the controversy is entirely
right-in fact, both sides are partially right, according to the Hermetic
Teachings. The Principle of Polarity shows that both are but Half-Truths
the opposing poles of Truth. The Teachings are that a man may be both
Free and yet bound by Necessity, depending upon the meaning of the
terms, and the height of Truth from which the matter is examined. The
ancient writers express the matter thus: &quot;The further the creation is
from the Centre, the more it is bound; the nearer the Centre it reaches,
the nearer Free is it.&quot;

The majority of people are more or less the slaves of heredity,
environment, etc., and manifest very little Freedom. They are swayed by
the opinions, customs and thoughts of the outside world, and also by
their emotions, feelings, moods, etc. They manifest no Mastery, worthy
of the name. They indignantly repudiate this assertion, saying, &quot;Why, I
certainly am free to act and do as I please--I do just what I want to
do,&quot; but they fail to explain whence arise the &quot;want to&quot; and &quot;as I
please.&quot; What makes them &quot;want to&quot; do one thing in preference to
another; what makes them &quot;please&quot; to do this, and not do that? Is there
no &quot;because&quot; to their &quot;pleasing&quot; and &quot;Wanting&quot;? The Master can change
these &quot;pleases&quot; and &quot;wants&quot; into others at the opposite end of the
mental pole. He is able to &quot;Will to will,&quot; instead of to will because
some feeling, mood, emotion, or environmental suggestion arouses a
tendency or desire within him so to do.

The majority of people are carried along like the falling stone,
obedient to environment, outside influences and internal moods, desires,
etc., not to speak of the desires and wills of others stronger than
themselves, heredity, environment, and suggestion, carrying them along
without resistance on their part, or the exercise of the Will. Moved
like the pawns on the checkerboard of life, they play their parts and
are laid aside after the game is over. But the Masters, knowing the
rules of the game, rise above the plane of material life, and placing
themselves in touch with the higher powers of their nature, dominate
their own moods, characters, qualities, and polarity, as well as the
environment surrounding them and thus become Movers in the game, instead
of Pawns-Causes instead of Effects. The Masters do not escape the
Causation of the higher planes, but fall in with the higher laws, and
thus master circumstances on the lower plane. They thus form a conscious
part of the Law, instead of being mere blind instruments. While they
Serve on the Higher Planes, they Rule on the Material Plane.

But, on higher and on lower, the Law is always in operation. There is no
such thing as Chance. The blind goddess has been abolished by Reason. We
are able to see now, with eyes made clear by knowledge, that everything
is governed by Universal Law-that the infinite number of laws are but
manifestations of the One Great Law-the LAW which is THE ALL. It is true
indeed that not a sparrow drops unnoticed by the Mind of THE AL--that
even the hairs on our head are numbered--as the scriptures have said
There is nothing outside of Law; nothing that happens contrary to it.
And yet, do not make the mistake of supposing that Man is but a blind
automaton-far from that. The Hermetic Teachings are that Man may use Law
to overcome laws, and that the higher will always prevail against the
lower, until at last he has reached the stage in which he seeks refuge
in the LAW itself, and laughs the phenomenal laws to scorn. Are you able
to grasp the inner meaning of this?

CHAPTER XIII

GENDER

&quot;Gender is in everything; everything has its Masculine
    and Feminine Principles; Gender manifests on all
    planes.&quot;--The Kybalion.

The great Seventh Hermetic Principle--the Principle of Gender-embodies
the truth that there is Gender manifested in everything-that the
Masculine and Feminine principles are ever present and active in all
phases of phenomena, on each and every plane of life. At this point we
think it well to call your attention to the fact that Gender, in its
Hermetic sense, and Sex in the ordinarily accepted use of the term, are
not the same.

The word &quot;Gender&quot; is derived from the Latin root meaning &quot;to beget; to
procreate; to generate; to create; to produce.&quot; A moment's consideration
will show you that the word has a much broader and more general meaning
than the term &quot;Sex,&quot; the latter referring to the physical distinctions
between male and female living things. Sex is merely a manifestation of
Gender on a certain plane of the Great Physical Plane--the plane of
organic life. We wish to impress this distinction upon your minds, for
the reason that certain writers, who have acquired a smattering of the
Hermetic Philosophy, have sought to identify this Seventh Hermetic
Principle with wild and fanciful, and often reprehensible, theories and
teachings regarding Sex.

The office of Gender is solely that of creating, producing, generating,
etc., and its manifestations are visible on every plane of phenomena. It
is somewhat difficult to produce proofs of this along scientific lines,
for the reason that science has not as yet recognized this Principle as
of universal application. But still some proofs are forthcoming from
scientific sources. In the first place, we find a distinct manifestation
of the Principle of Gender among the corpuscles, ions, or electrons,
which constitute the basis of Matter as science now knows the latter,
and which by forming certain combinations form the Atom, which until
lately was regarded as final and indivisible.

The latest word of science is that the atom is composed of a multitude
of corpuscles, electrons, or ions (the various names being applied by
different authorities) revolving around each other and vibrating at a
high degree and intensity. But the accompanying statement is made that
the formation of the atom is really due to the clustering of negative
corpuscles around a positive one---the positive corpuscles seeming to
exert a certain influence upon the negative corpuscles, causing the
latter to assume certain combinations and thus &quot;create&quot; or &quot;generate&quot; an
atom. This is in line with the most ancient Hermetic Teachings, which
have always identified the Masculine principle of Gender with the
&quot;Positive,&quot; and the Feminine with the &quot;Negative&quot; Poles of Electricity
(so called).

Now a word at this point regarding this identification. The public mind
has formed an entirely erroneous impression regarding the qualities of
the so-called &quot;Negative&quot; pole of electrified or magnetized Matter. The
terms Positive and Negative are very wrongly applied to this phenomenon
by science. The word Positive means something real and strong, as
compared with a Negative unreality or weakness. Nothing is further from
the real facts of electrical phenomenon. The so-called Negative pole of
the battery is really the pole in and by which the generation or
production of new forms and energies is manifested. There is nothing
&quot;negative&quot; about it. The best scientific authorities now use the word
&quot;Cathode&quot; in place of &quot;Negative,&quot; the word Cathode coming from the Greek
root meaning &quot;descent; the path of generation, etc,&quot; From the Cathode
pole emerge the swarm of electrons or corpuscles; from the same pole
emerge those wonderful &quot;rays&quot; which have revolutionized scientific
conceptions during the past decade. The Cathode pole is the Mother of
all of the strange phenomena which have rendered useless the old
textbooks, and which have caused many long accepted theories to be
relegated to the scrap-pile of scientific speculation. The Cathode, or
Negative Pole, is the Mother Principle of Electrical Phenomena, and of
the finest forms of matter as yet known to science. So you see we are
justified in refusing to use the term &quot;Negative&quot; in our consideration of
the subject, and in insisting upon substituting the word &quot;Feminine&quot; for
the old term. The facts of the case bear us out in this, without taking
the Hermetic Teachings into consideration. And so we shall use the word
&quot;Feminine&quot; in the place of &quot;Negative&quot; in speaking of that pole of
activity.

The latest scientific teachings are that the creative corpuscles or
electrons are Feminine (science says &quot;they are composed of negative
electricity&quot;-we say they are composed of Feminine energy). A Feminine
corpuscle becomes detached from, or rather leaves, a Masculine
corpuscle, and starts on a new career. It actively seeks a union with a
Masculine corpuscle, being urged thereto by the natural impulse to
create new forms of Matter or Energy. One writer goes so far as to use
the term &quot;it at once seeks, of its own volition, a union,&quot; etc. This
detachment and uniting form the basis of the greater part of the
activities of the chemical world. When the Feminine corpuscle unites
with a Masculine corpuscle, a certain process is begun. The Feminine
particles vibrate rapidly under the influence of the Masculine energy,
and circle rapidly around the latter. The result is the birth of a new
atom. This new atom is really composed of a union of the Masculine and
Feminine electrons, or corpuscles, but when the union is formed the atom
is a separate thing, having certain properties, but no longer
manifesting the property of free electricity. The process of detachment
or separation of the Feminine electrons is called &quot;ionization.&quot; These
electrons, or corpuscles, are the most active workers in Nature's field.
Arising from their unions, or combinations, manifest the varied
phenomena of light, heat, electricity, magnetism, attraction,
repulsion, chemical affinity and the reverse, and similar phenomena. And
all this arises from the operation of the Principle of Gender on the
plane of Energy.

The part of the Masculine principle seems to be that of directing a
certain inherent energy toward the Feminine principle, and thus starting
into activity the creative processes. But the Feminine principle is the
one always doing the active creative work-and this is so on all planes.
And yet, each principle is incapable of operative energy without the
assistance of the other. In some of the forms of life, the two
principles are combined in one organism. For that matter, everything in
the organic world manifests both genders--there is always the Masculine
present in the Feminine form, and the Feminine form.  The Hermetic
Teachings include much regarding the operation of the two principles of
Gender in the production and manifestation of various forms of energy,
etc., but we do not deem it expedient to go into detail regarding the
same at this point, because we are unable to back up the same with
scientific proof, for the reason that science has not as yet progressed
thus far. But the example we have given you of the phenomena of the
electrons or corpuscles will show you that science is on the right path,
and will also give you a general idea of the underlying principles.

Some leading scientific investigators have announced their belief that
in the formation of crystals there was to be found something that
corresponded to &quot;sex-activity&quot; which is another straw showing the
direction the scientific winds are blowing. And each year will bring
other facts to corroborate the correctness of the Hermetic Principle of
Gender. It will be found that Gender is in constant operation and
manifestation in the field of inorganic matter, and in the field of
Energy or Force. Electricity is now generally regarded as the
&quot;Something&quot; into which all other forms of energy seem to melt or
dissolve. The &quot;Electrical Theory of the Universe&quot; is the latest
scientific doctrine, and is growing rapidly in popularity and
general acceptance. And it thus follows that if we are able to discover
in the phenomena of electricity-even at the very root and source of its
manifestations a clear and unmistakable evidence of the presence of
Gender and its activities, we are justified in asking you to believe
that science at last has offered proofs of the existence in all
universal phenomena of that great Hermetic Principle-the Principle of
Gender.

It is not necessary to take up your time with the well known phenomena
of the &quot;attraction and repulsion&quot; of the atoms; chemical affinity; the
&quot;loves and hates&quot; of the atomic particles; the attraction or cohesion
between the molecules of matter. These facts are too well known to need
extended comment from us. But, have you ever considered that all of
these things are manifestations of the Gender Principle? Can you not see
that the phenomena is &quot;on all fours&quot; with that of the corpuscles or
electrons? And more than this, can you not see the reasonableness of the
Hermetic Teachings which assert that the very Law of Gravitation-that
strange attraction by reason of which all particles and bodies of matter
in the universe tend toward each other is but another manifestation of
the Principle of Gender, which operates in the direction of attracting
the Masculine to the Feminine energies, and vice versa? We cannot offer
you scientific proof of this at this time-but examine the phenomena in
the light of the Hermetic Teachings on the subject, and see if you have
not a better working hypothesis than any offered by physical science.
Submit all physical phenomena to the test, and you will discern the
Principle of Gender ever in evidence.

Let us now pass on to a consideration of the operation of the Principle
on the Mental Plane. Many interesting features are there awaiting
examination.

CHAPTER XIV

MENTAL GENDER

Students of psychology who have followed the modern trend of thought
along the lines of mental phenomena are struck by the persistence of the
dual-mind idea which has manifested itself so strongly during the past
ten or fifteen years, and which has given rise to a number of plausible
theories regarding the nature and constitution of these &quot;two minds.&quot; The
late Thomson J. Hudson attained great popularity in 1893 by advancing
his well-known theory of the &quot;objective and subjective minds&quot; which he
held existed in every individual. Other writers have attracted almost
equal attention by the theories regarding the &quot;conscious and
subconscious minds&quot;; the &quot;voluntary and involuntary minds&quot;; &quot;the active
and passive minds,&quot; etc., etc. The theories of the various writers
differ from each other, but there remains the underlying principle of
&quot;the duality of mind.&quot;

The student of the Hermetic Philosophy is tempted to smile when he reads
and hears of these many &quot;new theories&quot; regarding the duality of mind,
each school adhering tenaciously to its own pet theories, and each
claiming to have &quot;discovered the truth.&quot; The student turns back the
pages of occult history, and away back in the dim beginnings of occult
teachings he finds references to the ancient Hermetic doctrine of the
Principle of Gender on the Mental Plane-the manifestation of Mental
Gender. And examining further he finds that the ancient philosophy took
cognizance of the phenomenon of the &quot;dual mind,&quot; and accounted for it by
the theory of Mental Gender. This idea of Mental Gender may be explained
in a few words to students who are familiar with the modern theories
just alluded to. The Masculine Principle of Mind corresponds to the
so-called Objective Mind; Conscious Mind; Voluntary Mind; Active Mind,
etc. And the Feminine Principle of Mind corresponds to the so-called
Subjective Mind; Sub-conscious Mind; Involuntary Mind; Passive Mind,
etc. Of course the Hermetic Teachings do not agree with the many modern
theories regarding the nature of the two phases of mind, nor does it
admit many of the facts claimed for the two respective aspects--some of
the said theories and claims being very far-fetched and incapable of
standing the test of experiment and demonstration.  We point to the
phases of agreement merely for the purpose of helping the student to
assimilate his previously acquired knowledge with the teachings of the
Hermetic Philosophy. Students of Hudson will notice the statement at the
beginning of his second chapter of &quot;The Law of Psychic Phenomena,&quot; that:
&quot;The mystic jargon of the Hermetic philosophers discloses the same
general idea&quot; i.e., the duality of mind. If Dr. Hudson had taken
the time and trouble to decipher a little of &quot;the mystic jargon of the
Hermetic Philosophy,&quot; he might have received much light upon the subject
of &quot;the dual mind&quot;--but then, perhaps, his most interesting work might
not have been written. Let us now consider the Hermetic Teachings
regarding Mental Gender.

The Hermetic Teachers impart their instruction regarding this subject by
bidding their students examine the report of their consciousness
regarding their Self. The students are bidden to turn their attention
inward upon the Self dwelling within each. Each student is led to see
that his consciousness gives him first a report of the existence of his
Self-the report is &quot;I Am.&quot; This at first seems to be the final words
from the consciousness, but a little further examination discloses the
fact that this &quot;I Am&quot; may be separated or split into two distinct parts,
or aspects, which while working in unison and in conjunction, yet,
nevertheless, may be separated in consciousness.

While at first there seems to be only an &quot;I&quot; existing, a more careful
and closer examination reveals the fact that there exists an &quot;I&quot; and a
&quot;Me.&quot; These mental twins differ in their characteristics and nature, and
an examination of their nature and the phenomena arising from the same
will throw much light upon many of the problems of mental influence.

Let us begin with a consideration of the Me, which is usually mistaken
for the I by the student, until he presses the inquiry a little further
back into the recesses of consciousness. A man thinks of his Self (in
its aspect of Me) as being composed of certain feelings, tastes likes,
dislikes, habits, peculiar ties, characteristics, etc., all of which go
to make up his personality, or the &quot;Self&quot; known to himself and others.
He knows that these emotions and feelings change; are born and die away;
are subject to the Principle of Rhythm, and the Principle of Polarity,
which take him from one extreme of feeling to another. He also thinks of
the &quot;Me&quot; as being certain knowledge gathered together in his mind, and
thus forming a part of himself. This is the &quot;Me&quot; of a man.

But we have proceeded too hastily. The &quot;Me&quot; of many men may be said to
consist largely of their consciousness of the body and their physical
appetites, etc. Their consciousness being largely bound up with their
bodily nature, they practically &quot;live there.&quot; Some men even go so far as
to regard their personal apparel as a part of their &quot;Me&quot; and actually
seem to consider it a part of themselves. A writer has humorously said
that &quot;men consist of three parts--soul, body and clothes.&quot; These
&quot;clothes conscious&quot; people would lose their personality if divested of
their clothing by savages upon the occasion of a shipwreck. But even
many who are not so closely bound up with the idea of personal raiment
stick closely to the consciousness of their bodies being their &quot;Me&quot; They
cannot conceive of a Self independent of the body. Their mind seems to
them to be practically &quot;a something belonging to&quot; their body-which in
many cases it is indeed.

But as man rises in the scale of consciousness he is able to disentangle
his &quot;Me&quot; from his idea of body, and is able to think of his body as
&quot;belonging to&quot; the mental part of him. But even then he is very apt to
identify the &quot;Me&quot; entirely with the mental states, feelings, etc., which
he feels to exist within him. He is very apt to consider these internal
states as identical with himself, instead of their being simply &quot;things&quot;
produced by some part of his mentality, and existing within him--of him,
and in him, but still not &quot;himself.&quot; He sees that he may change these
internal states of feelings by all effort of will, and that he may
produce a feeling or state of an exactly opposite nature, in the same
way, and yet the same &quot;Me&quot; exists. And so after a while he is able to
set aside these various mental states, emotions, feelings, habits,
qualities, characteristics, and other personal mental belongings--he is
able to set them aside in the &quot;not-me&quot; collection of curiosities and
encumbrances, as well as valuable possessions. This requires much mental
concentration and power of mental analysis on the part of the student.
But still the task is possible for the advanced student, and even those
not so far advanced are able to see, in the imagination, how the process
may be performed.

After this laying-aside process has been performed, the student will
find himself in conscious possession of a &quot;Self&quot; which may be considered
in its &quot;I&quot; and &quot;Me&quot; dual aspects. The &quot;Me&quot; will be felt to be a
Something mental in which thoughts, ideas, emotions, feelings, and other
mental states may be produced. It may be considered as the &quot;mental
womb,&quot; as the ancients styled it-capable of generating mental offspring.
It reports to the consciousness as a &quot;Me&quot; with latent powers of creation
and generation of mental progeny of all sorts and kinds. Its powers of
creative energy are felt to be enormous. But still it seems to be
conscious that it must receive some form of energy from either its &quot;I&quot;
companion, or else from some other &quot;I&quot; ere it is able to bring into
being its mental creations. This consciousness brings with it a
realization of an enormous capacity for mental work and creative
ability.

But the student soon finds that this is not all that he finds within his
inner consciousness. He finds that there exists a mental Something which
is able to Will that the &quot;Me&quot; act along certain creative lines, and
which is also able to stand aside and witness the mental creation. This
part of himself he is taught to call his &quot;I.&quot; He is able to rest in its
consciousness at will. He finds there not a consciousness of an ability
to generate and actively create, in the sense of the gradual process
attendant upon mental operations, but rather a sense and consciousness
of an ability to project an energy from the &quot;I&quot; to the &quot;Me&quot;--a process
of &quot;willing&quot; that the mental creation begin and proceed. He also finds
that the &quot;I&quot; is able to stand aside and witness the operations of the
&quot;Me's&quot; mental creation and generation. There is this dual aspect in the
mind of every person. The &quot;I&quot; represents the Masculine Principle of
Mental Gender-the &quot;Me&quot; represents the Female Principle. The &quot;I&quot;
represents the Aspect of Being; the &quot;Me&quot; the Aspect of Becoming. You
will notice that the Principle of Correspondence operates on this plane
just as it does upon the great plane upon which the creation of
Universes is performed. The two are similar in kind, although
vastly different in degree. &quot;As above, so below; as below, so above.&quot;

These aspects of mind-the Masculine and Feminine Principles-the &quot;I&quot; and
the &quot;Me&quot;-considered in connection with the well-known mental and psychic
phenomena, give the master-key to these dimly known regions of mental
operation and manifestation. The principle of Mental Gender gives the
truth underlying the whole field of the phenomena of mental influence,
etc.

The tendency of the Feminine Principle is always in the direction of
receiving impressions, while the tendency of the Masculine Principle is
always in the direction of giving, out or expressing. The Feminine
Principle has much more varied field of operation than has the Masculine
Principle. The Feminine Principle conducts the work of generating new
thoughts, concepts, ideas, including the work of the imagination. The
Masculine Principle contents itself with the work of the &quot;Will&quot; in its
varied phases. And yet, without the active aid of the Will of the
Masculine Principle, the Feminine Principle is apt to rest content with
generating mental images which are the result of impressions received
from outside, instead of producing original mental creations.

Persons who can give continued attention and thought to a subject
actively employ both of the Mental Principles-the Feminine in the work
of the mental generation, and the Masculine Will in stimulating and
energizing the creative portion of the mind. The majority of persons
really employ the Masculine Principle but little, and are content to
live according to the thoughts and ideas instilled into the &quot;Me&quot; from
the &quot;I&quot; of other minds. But it is not our purpose to dwell upon this
phase of the subject, which may be studied from any good text-book upon
psychology, with the key that we have given you regarding Mental Gender.

The student of Psychic Phenomena is aware of the wonderful phenomena
classified under the head of Telepathy; Thought Transference; Mental
Influence; Suggestion; Hypnotism, etc. Many have sought for an
explanation of these varied phases of phenomena under the theories of
the various &quot;dual mind&quot; teachers. And in a measure they are right, for
there is clearly a manifestation of two distinct phases of mental
activity. But if such students will consider these &quot;dual minds&quot; in the
light of the Hermetic Teachings regarding Vibrations and Mental Gender,
they will see that the long sought for key is at hand.

In the phenomena of Telepathy it is seen how the Vibratory Energy of the
Masculine Principle is projected toward the Feminine Principle of
another person, and the latter takes the seed-thought and allows it to
develop into maturity. In the same way Suggestion and Hypnotism
operates. The Masculine Principle of the person giving the suggestions
directs a stream of Vibratory Energy or Will-Power toward the Feminine
Principle of the other person, and the latter accepting it makes it its
own and acts and thinks accordingly. An idea thus lodged in the mind of
another person grows and develops, and in time is regarded as the
rightful mental offspring of the individual, whereas it is in reality
like the cuckoo egg placed in the sparrows nest, where it destroys the
rightful offspring and makes itself at home. The normal method is for
the Masculine and Feminine Principles in a person's mind to co-ordinate
and act harmoniously in conjunction with each other, but, unfortunately,
the Masculine Principle in the average person is too lazy to act-the
display of Will-Power is too slight-and the consequence is that such
persons are ruled almost entirely by the minds and wills of other
persons, whom they allow to do their thinking and willing for them.
How few original thoughts or original actions are performed by the
average person? Are not the majority of persons mere shadows and echoes
of others having stronger wills or minds than themselves? The trouble is
that the average person dwells almost altogether in his &quot;Me&quot;
consciousness and does not realize that he has such a thing as an &quot;I.&quot;
He is polarized in his Feminine Principle of Mind, and the Masculine
Principle, in which is lodged the Will, is allowed to remain inactive
and not employed.

The strong men and women of the world invariably manifest the Masculine
Principle of Will, and their strength depends materially upon this fact.
Instead of living upon the impressions made upon their minds by others,
they dominate their own minds by their Will, obtaining the kind of
mental images desired, and moreover dominate the minds of others
likewise, in the same manner. Look at the strong people, how they manage
to implant their seed-thoughts in the minds of the masses of the people,
thus causing the latter to think thoughts in accordance with the desires
and wills of the strong individuals. This is why the masses of people
are such sheeplike creatures, never originating an idea of their own,
nor using their own powers of mental activity.

The manifestation of Mental Gender may be noticed all around us in
everyday life. The magnetic persons are those who are able to use the
Masculine Principle in the way of impressing their ideas upon others.
The actor who makes people weep or cry as he wills, is employing this
principle. And so is the successful orator, statesman, preacher, writer
or other people who are before the public attention. The peculiar
influence exerted by some people over others is due to the manifestation
of Mental Gender, along the Vibrational lines above indicated. In this
principle lies the secret of personal magnetism, personal influence,
fascination, etc., as well as the phenomena generally grouped under the
name of Hypnotism.

The student who has familiarized himself with the phenomena generally
spoken of as &quot;psychic&quot; will have discovered the important part played in
the said phenomena by that force which science has styled &quot;Suggestion,&quot;
by which term is meant the process or method whereby an idea is
transferred to, or &quot;impressed upon&quot; the mind of another, causing the
second mind to act in accordance therewith. A correct understanding of
Suggestion is necessary in order to intelligently comprehend the varied
psychical phenomena which Suggestion underlies. But, still more is a
knowledge of Vibration and Mental Gender necessary for the student of
Suggestion. For the whole principle of Suggestion depends upon the
principle of Mental Gender and Vibration.

It is customary for the writers and teachers of Suggestion to explain
that it is the &quot;objective or voluntary&quot; mind which make the mental
impression, or suggestion, upon the &quot;subjective or involuntary&quot; mind.
But they do not describe the process or give us any analogy in nature
whereby we may more readily comprehend the idea. But if you will think
of the matter in the light of the Hermetic Teachings you will be able to
see that the energizing of the Feminine Principle by the Vibratory
Energy of the Masculine Principle Is in accordance to the universal laws
of nature, and that the natural world affords countless analogies
whereby the principle may be understood. In fact, the Hermetic Teachings
show that the very creation of the Universe follows the same law, and
that in all creative manifestations, upon the planes of the spiritual,
the mental, and the physical, there is always in operation this
principle of Gender-this manifestation of the Masculine and the Feminine
Principles. &quot;As above, so below; as below, so above.&quot; And more than
this, when the principle of Mental Gender is once grasped and
understood, the varied phenomena of psychology at once becomes capable
of intelligent classification and study, instead of being very much in
the dark. The principle &quot;works out&quot; in practice, because it is based
upon the immutable universal laws of life.

We shall not enter into an extended discussion of, or description of,
the varied phenomena of mental influence or psychic activity. There are
many books, many of them quite good, which have been written and
published on this subject of late years. The main facts stated in these
various books are correct, although the several writers have attempted
to explain the phenomena by various pet theories of their own. The
student may acquaint himself with these matters, and by using the theory
of Mental Gender he will be able to bring order out of the chaos of
conflicting theory and teachings, and may, moreover, readily make
himself a master of the subject if he be so inclined. The purpose of
this work is not to give an extended account of psychic phenomena but
rather to give to the student a master-key whereby He may unlock the
many doors leading into the parts of the Temple of Knowledge which he
may wish to explore. We feel that in this consideration of the teachings
of The Kybalion, one may find an explanation which will serve to clear
away many perplexing difficulties--a key that will unlock many doors.
What is the use of going into detail regarding all of the many features
of psychic phenomena and mental science, provided we place in the hands
of the student the means whereby he may acquaint himself fully regarding
any phase of the subject which may interest him. With the aid of The
Kybalion one may go through any occult library anew, the old Light from
Egypt illuminating many dark pages, and obscure subjects. That is the
purpose of this book. We do not come expounding a new philosophy, but
rather furnishing the outlines of a great world-old teaching which will
make clear the teachings of others-which will serve as a Great
Reconciler of differing: theories, and opposing doctrines.

CHAPTER XV

HERMETIC AXIOMS

&quot;The possession of Knowledge, unless accompanied by a
    manifestation and expression in Action, is like the
    hoarding of precious metals-a vain and foolish thing.
    Knowledge, like wealth, is intended for Use. The Law of
    Use is Universal, and he who violates it suffers by
    reason of his conflict with natural forces.&quot;--The Kybalion.

The Hermetic Teachings, while always having been kept securely locked up
in the minds of the fortunate possessors thereof, for reasons which we
have already stated, were never intended to be merely stored away and
secreted. The Law of Use is dwelt upon in the Teachings, as you may see
by reference to the above quotation from The Kybalion, which states it
forcibly. Knowledge without Use and Expression is a vain thing, bringing
no good to its possessor, or to the race. Beware of Mental Miserliness,
and express into Action that which you have learned. Study the Axioms
and Aphorisms, but practice them also.

We give below some of the more important Hermetic Axioms, from The
Kybalion, with a few comments added to each. Make these your own, and
practice and use them, for they are not really your own until you have
Used them.

&quot;To change your mood or mental state--change your
    vibration.&quot;--The Kybalion.

One may change his mental vibrations by an effort of Will, in the
direction of deliberately fixing the Attention upon a more desirable
state. Will directs the Attention, and Attention changes the Vibration.
Cultivate the Art of Attention, by means of the Will, and you have
solved the secret of the Mastery of Moods and Mental States.

&quot;To destroy an undesirable rate of mental vibration,
    put into operation the principle of Polarity and
    concentrate upon the opposite pole to that which
    you desire to suppress. Kill out the undesirable by
    changing its polarity.&quot;--The Kybalion.

This is one of the most important of the Hermetic Formulas. It is based
upon true scientific principles. We have shown you that a mental state
and its opposite were merely the two poles of one thing, and that by
Mental Transmutation the polarity might be reversed. This Principle is
known to modern psychologists, who apply it to the breaking up of
undesirable habits by bidding their students concentrate upon the
opposite quality. If you are possessed of Fear, do not waste time trying
to &quot;kill out&quot; Fear, but instead cultivate the quality of Courage, and
the Fear will disappear. Some writers have expressed this idea most
forcibly by using the illustration of the dark room. You do not have to
shovel out or sweep out the Darkness, but by merely opening the shutters
and letting in the Light the Darkness has disappeared. To kill out a
Negative quality, concentrate upon the Positive Pole of that same
quality, and the vibrations will gradually change from Negative to
Positive, until finally you will become polarized on the
Positive pole instead of the Negative. The reverse is also true, as many
have found out to their sorrow, when they have allowed themselves to
vibrate too constantly on the Negative pole of things. By changing your
polarity you may master your moods, change your mental states, remake
your disposition, and build up character. Much of the Mental Mastery of
the advanced Hermetics is due to this application of Polarity, which is
one of the important aspects of Mental Transmutation. Remember the
Hermetic Axiom (quoted previously), which says:

&quot;Mind (as well as metals and elements) may be transmuted
    from state to state; degree to degree, condition to
    condition; pole to pole; vibration to vibration.&quot;--The Kybalion.

The mastery of Polarization is the mastery of the fundamental principles
of Mental Transmutation or Mental Alchemy, for unless one acquires the
art of changing his own polarity, he will be unable to affect his
environment. An understanding of this principle will enable one to
change his own Polarity, as well as that of others, if he will but
devote the time, care, study and practice necessary to master the art.
The principle is true, but the results obtained depend upon the
persistent patience and practice of the student.

&quot;Rhythm may be neutralized by an application of the Art
    of Polarization.&quot;--The Kybalion.

As we have explained in previous chapters, the Hermetists hold that the
Principle of Rhythm manifests on the Mental Plane as well as on the
Physical Plane, and that the bewildering succession of moods, feelings,
emotions, and other mental states, are due to the backward and forward
swing of the mental pendulum, which carries us from one extreme of
feeling to the other. The Hermetists also teach that the Law of
Neutralization enables one, to a great extent, to overcome the operation
of Rhythm in consciousness. As we have explained, there is a Higher
Plane of Consciousness, as well as the ordinary Lower Plane, and the
Master by rising mentally to the Higher Plane causes the swing of the
mental pendulum to manifest on the Lower Plane, and he, dwelling on his
Higher Plane, escapes the consciousness of the swing backward. This is
effected by polarizing on the Higher Self, and thus raising the mental
vibrations of the Ego above those of the ordinary plane of
consciousness. It is akin to rising above a thing and allowing it to
pass beneath you. The advanced Hermetist polarizes himself at the
Positive Pole of his Being-the &quot;I Am&quot; pole rather than the pole of
personality and by &quot;refusing&quot; and &quot;denying&quot; the operation of Rhythm,
raises himself above its plane of consciousness, and standing firm in
his Statement of Being he allows the pendulum to swing back on the Lower
Plane without changing his Polarity. This is accomplished by all
individuals who have attained any degree of self-mastery, whether
they understand the law or not. Such persons simply &quot;refuse&quot; to allow
themselves to be swung back by the pendulum of mood and emotion, and by
steadfastly affirming the superiority they remain polarized on the
Positive pole. The Master, of course, attains a far greater degree of
proficiency, because he understands the law which he is overcoming by a
higher law, and by the use of his Will he attains a degree of Poise and
Mental Steadfastness almost impossible of belief on the part of those
who allow themselves to be swung backward and forward by the mental
pendulum of moods and feelings.

Remember always, however, that you do not really destroy the Principle
of Rhythm, for that is indestructible. You simply overcome one law by
counter-balancing it with another and thus maintain an equilibrium. The
laws of balance and counter-balance are in operation on the mental as
well as on the physical planes, and an understanding of these laws
enables one to seem to overthrow laws, whereas he is merely exerting a
counterbalance.

&quot;Nothing escapes the Principle of Cause and Effect,
    but there are many Planes of Causation, and one may use
    the laws of the higher to overcome the laws of the
    lower.&quot;--The Kybalion.

By an understanding of the practice of Polarization, the Hermetists rise
to a higher plane of Causation and thus counter-balance the laws of the
lower planes of Causation. By rising above the plane of ordinary Causes
they become themselves, in a degree, Causes instead of being merely
Caused. By being able to master their own moods and feelings, and by
being able to neutralize Rhythm, as we have already explained, they are
able to escape a great part of the operations of Cause and Effect on the
ordinary plane. The masses of people are carried along, obedient to
their environment; the wills and desires of others stronger than
themselves; the effects of inherited tendencies; the suggestions of
those about them; and other outward causes; which tend to move them
about on the chess-board of life like mere pawns. By rising above these
influencing causes, the advanced Hermetists seek a higher plane of
mental action, and by dominating their moods, emotions, impulses and
feelings, they create for themselves new characters, qualities and
powers, by which they overcome their ordinary environment, and thus
become practically players instead of mere Pawns. Such people help to
play the game of life understandingly, instead of being moved about this
way and that way by stronger influences and powers and wills. They use
the Principle of Cause and Effect, instead of being used by
it. Of course, even the highest are subject to the Principle as it
manifests on the higher planes, but on the lower planes of activity,
they are Masters instead of Slaves. As The Kybalion says:

&quot;The wise ones serve on the higher, but rule on the lower.
    They obey the laws coming from above them, But on their
    own plane, and those below them they rule and give orders.
    And, yet, in so doing, they form a part of the Principle,
    instead of opposing it. The wise man falls in with the Law,
    and by understanding its movements he operates it instead
    of being its blind slave. Just as does the skilled swimmer
    turn this way and that way, going and coming as he will,
    instead of being as the log which is carried here and
    there--so is the wise man as compared to the ordinary
    man--and yet both swimmer and log; wise man and fool,
    are subject to Law. He who understands this is well on
    the road to Mastery.&quot;--The Kybalion.

In conclusion let us again call your attention to the Hermetic Axiom:

&quot;True Hermetic Transmutation is a Mental Art.&quot;--The Kybalion.

In the above axiom, the Hermetists teach that the great work of
influencing one's environment is accomplished by Mental Power. The
Universe being wholly mental, it follows that it may be ruled only by
Mentality. And in this truth is to be found an explanation of all the
phenomena and manifestations of the various mental powers which are
attracting so much attention and study in these earlier years of the
Twentieth Century. Back of and under the teachings of the various cults
and schools, remains ever constant the Principle of the Mental Substance
of the Universe. If the Universe be Mental in its substantial nature,
then it follows that Mental Transmutation must change the conditions and
phenomena of the Universe. If the Universe is Mental, then Mind must be
the highest power affecting its phenomena. If this be understood then
all the so-called &quot;miracles&quot; and &quot;wonder-workings&quot; are seen plainly for
what they are.

&quot;THE ALL is MIND; The Universe is Mental.&quot;--The Kybalion.

FINIS

End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Kybalion, by Three Initiates

*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE KYBALION ***

***** This file should be named 14209.txt or 14209.zip *****
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
        http://www.gutenberg.net/1/4/2/0/14209/

Produced by Tamblyne &lt;tamblyne@digital-daybook.com&gt;

Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
will be renamed.

Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
redistribution.

*** START: FULL LICENSE ***

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &quot;Project
Gutenberg&quot;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
http://gutenberg.net/license).

Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic works

1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B.  &quot;Project Gutenberg&quot; is a registered trademark.  It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.  See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&quot;the Foundation&quot;
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
States.

1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
phrase &quot;Project Gutenberg&quot; appears, or with which the phrase &quot;Project
Gutenberg&quot; is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
copied or distributed:

1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
with the phrase &quot;Project Gutenberg&quot; associated with or appearing on the
work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
1.E.9.

1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg-tm License.

1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
&quot;Plain Vanilla ASCII&quot; or other format used in the official version
posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),
you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
request, of the work in its original &quot;Plain Vanilla ASCII&quot; or other
form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
that

- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
     address specified in Section 4, &quot;Information about donations to
     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.&quot;

- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
     License.  You must require such a user to return or
     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
     Project Gutenberg-tm works.

- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
     of receipt of the work.

- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
&quot;Defects,&quot; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
your equipment.

1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &quot;Right
of Replacement or Refund&quot; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.

Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.

The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
page at http://pglaf.org

For additional contact information:
     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
     Chief Executive and Director
     gbnewby@pglaf.org

Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
particular state visit http://pglaf.org

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
donations.  To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate

Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.

Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.

Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:

http://www.gutenberg.net

This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Create Shorturl - Create a shorter url that redirects to your paste?

Private - Private paste aren't shown in recent listings.

Delete After - When should we delete your paste?

Reply to "The Kybalion"